RELEASE_NOTES revision 132943
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1679 2004/07/30 18:03:07 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.13.1/8.13.1	2004/07/30
10	Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
11		objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
12		alias expansion.  Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
13		Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
14	Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
15		(partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
16	Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
17		but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
18		smaller than the size of the memory buffer.  Problem noted
19		by David Russell.
20	Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
21		but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
22		a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
23		verification would always fail.  Problem noted by Al Smith.
24	Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
25		the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
26		Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
27	${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
28		Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
29	CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
30		FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
31		use the access map.  Note: if no default value is given
32		for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
33		FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
34		Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
35		Bielefeld.
36	CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
37		is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
38	Portability:
39		Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code.  Problem
40			noted by Geoff Adams.
41		NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3).  Patch from Andrew Brown.
42		NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
43			a system.  Patch from Andrew Brown.
44		Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
45			incompatibilities with various *roff related
46			tools.  Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
47	New Files:
48		doc/op/README
49
508.13.0/8.13.0	2004/06/20
51	Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
52		information.  See also cf/README about MSP and the section
53		"Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
54		Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
55		University.
56	Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
57		and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
58		of RUS University of Stuttgart.
59	Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
60		by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
61	Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
62		specifications in an LDAP map definition.  This allows
63		LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
64		URL which will in turn be queried.  See the ``LDAP
65		Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
66		Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
67	Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
68		(O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
69		include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
70		See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
71		of cf/README for more information.
72	New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
73		LDAP API/protocol version to use.  The default depends on
74		the LDAP library.
75	New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
76		LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
77		and -p port.  This also allows for the use of LDAP over
78		SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
79		library supports it.
80	New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
81		ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
82	If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
83		during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
84		done for too many bad SMTP commands.
85	Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
86		maintains the number of incoming connections per client
87		IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
88		{total_rate}, respectively.  These macros can be used
89		in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
90		A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
91		determines the length of the interval for which the
92		number of connections is stored.  Based on patch from
93		Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
94	Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
95		send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
96		If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
97		FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
98		amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
99		greeting.  If any traffic is received before then, a 554
100		SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
101		during that connection.
102	If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
103		server could sleep for a very long time.  Fix based on
104		patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
105	Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
106		number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
107		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
108	Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
109		misinterpret it as a permanent error.
110	New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
111		all milters accepted the mail.  This can increase
112		performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
113		body scans.  Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
114	New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
115		header, whether provided by the client or generated by
116		sendmail.
117	New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
118		connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
119		Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
120		Mines de Paris.
121	sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits.  This was done
122		to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
123		scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
124		runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 
125		pid no longer existing.  See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
126		for a discussion of the implications of this, including
127		how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
128		the old behavior.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
129	Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
130		filter list specified in InputMailFilters.  The filters
131		can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
132	Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'.  If
133		your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
134		add those names to class 'w' yourself.  Problem noted
135		by Sander Eerkes.
136	Support message quarantining in the mail queue.  Quarantined
137		messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
138		unless specifically requested with -qQ.  Quarantined queue
139		files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
140	The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
141		or run.  -qQ operates on quarantined queue items.  -qL
142		operates on lost queue items.
143	Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
144		quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
145		quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
146		given text.  Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
147		quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
148		quarantine reason.
149	Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
150		new -Q option.  See doc/op/op.me for more information.
151	When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
152		quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
153		"QUARANTINE:".
154	A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
155		to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
156		header check rulesets.  The $: of the mailer triplet will
157		be used for the quarantine reason.
158	Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
159	Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
160		message if it is quarantined.
161	New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
162		or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
163		See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
164		socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
165		Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
166	Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
167		lookup for the client IP address.  Note: this is the same
168		as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
169	Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
170		recipients received so far in a transaction.
171	Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
172		DNS entries.  See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr').  Problem
173		noted by Kai Schlichting.
174	Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
175		headers (turn them into DSNs).  Delivery-Receipt-To: is
176		apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
177	Enable connection caching for LPC mailers.  Patch from Christophe
178		Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
179	Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
180	Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2.  From Kenneth Murchison of
181		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
182	Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
183		support mutual authentication.  From Kenneth Murchison of
184		Oceana Matrix Ltd.
185	Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
186	The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
187		format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
188		problems with parsing them.  Problem noted by Pierangelo
189		Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
190	New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
191		passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from Gary Mills
192		of the University of Manitoba.
193	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
194		successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
195		EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
196		is active.
197	Add basic support for certificate revocation lists.  Note: if a
198		CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
199		is disabled.  Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
200	Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
201		DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
202	Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
203		runner.  Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
204	Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
205		overwrite each other's pid files.
206	Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
207		{cert_issuer} from 128 to 256.  Requested by Christophe
208		Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
209	Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
210		LogLevel 12 or higher.
211	If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
212		try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
213		to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
214		it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
215		MTA.  Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
216	If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
217		by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
218		to high load, log this information.  Patch from John Beck
219		of Sun Microsystems.
220	Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
221		CheckpointInterval on the command line.
222	New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
223		subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
224	New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
225		Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
226	Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default.  To turn
227		it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
228	An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
229		causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
230		discarded.  This also caused milter callbacks to be called
231		out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
232	New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
233		REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.  See sendmail/README for
234		further information.
235	New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
236		the indicated log file instead of stdout.
237	Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
238		queue return and warning times for delivery status
239		notifications.
240	New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
241		at all.
242	Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
243		to enable/disable certain features in the server per
244		connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
245	Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
246		for DaemonPortOptions.
247	Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
248		trying to canonify hostnames.  Suggested by Neil Rickert
249		of Northern Illinois University.
250	Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
251		be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks.  This
252		is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
253		view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
254		outside).  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
255	Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
256		handshake.  Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
257	Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead.  Patch from
258		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
259	libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
260		then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100.  Patch from Mark Roth
261		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
262	Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
263		applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
264	New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
265		i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
266		0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
267	If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
268		terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
269	Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
270		HOSTALIASES.
271	Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write.  To enable this in 8.13
272		compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
273	Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
274		the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
275		parentheses, and angle brackets.  Based on patch from
276		Oleg Bulyzhin.
277	Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
278		angle brackets when reading in rulesets.  This allows
279		rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
280		that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
281		Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
282	Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
283		some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
284	Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
285		sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
286	Portability:
287		Two new compile options have been added:
288			HASCLOSEFROM	System has closefrom(3).
289			HASFDWALK	System has fdwalk(3).
290			Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
291		The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
292			change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
293			it.  Be sure to update other sendmail related
294			programs to match locking techniques.
295		New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
296			if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
297		Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
298			UNICOS.  Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
299			Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
300			Center for Scientific Computing.
301		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
302		Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
303		Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
304			Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
305			Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
306			major()/minor() definitions.  Based on feedback
307			from Mark Funkenhauser.
308	CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
309		for maps via new attributes.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR
310		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
311		cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
312	CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
313		is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
314		Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
315		of Northern Illinois University.
316	CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
317		instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
318		the message using the given reason.
319	CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
320		instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
321		DNS records than just A.
322	CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
323		length of the interval for which the number of incoming
324		connections is maintained.
325	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
326		rate control for individual hosts or nets.
327	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
328		number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
329	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
330		slamming protection described above.  The feature can
331		take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
332		use the access database to look the pause time based on
333		client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
334	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
335		$&{client_ptr} as its first argument.  This is useful for
336		rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
337		which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
338		versions when delay_checks was not in use.  See also entry
339		above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
340	CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
341		interval when refusing connections for this long.
342	CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
343		this requires a change in a mc file.  Requested by
344		Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
345	CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
346		that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library.  Patch from
347		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
348	CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
349		to follow the naming conventions.
350	CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
351		the A= argument.
352	CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
353		local_lmtp.
354	CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
355		time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
356	CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
357		cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
358		its rules.
359	CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
360		to control queue return and warning times for delivery
361		status notifications.
362	CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
363	CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
364		file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
365		Patch from Richard Rognlie.
366	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
367		Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
368		doc/op/op.me.
369	CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
370		option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
371		use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
372	CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
373		certificate revocations lists.
374	CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
375		FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
376		MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
377		in LDAP.  See cf/README for more information.
378	CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
379		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
380		lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match.  See cf/README
381		for more information.
382	CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
383		instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
384		or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
385		reached.  See cf/README for more information.  Based on
386		patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
387	CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
388	CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
389		Message-Id: header format.  Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
390		of LifeLine Networks.
391	CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR.  From
392		Derek J. Balling.
393	CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
394		Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
395	DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
396		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
397	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
398		filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
399		Filters which use this function must include the
400		SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
401	LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
402		will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
403	LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
404		named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
405	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
406		to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
407		resetting the timeout.
408	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
409		to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
410		failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
411	LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
412		filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
413	LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
414		them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
415		Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
416	LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
417		docs/sample.html.  Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
418	LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
419		Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
420	LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg().  Patches
421		from Bryan Costales.
422	LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
423		poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
424	LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
425		amendments to support header insertion operations.
426	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
427		mail.local/README.  Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
428		Informations Services.
429	MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
430	MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
431		instead of '#'.
432	VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
433		whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
434		headers.
435	VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
436		for the auto-response message.
437	New Files:
438		CACerts
439		cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
440		cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
441		cf/feature/mtamark.m4
442		cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
443		cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
444		cf/ostype/unicos.m4
445		cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
446		cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
447		contrib/socketmapClient.pl
448		contrib/socketmapServer.pl
449		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
450		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
451		devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
452		devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
453		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
454		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
455		include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
456		libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
457		libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
458		libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
459		libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
460		libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
461		libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
462		sendmail/ratectrl.c
463	Deleted Files:
464		cf/feature/nodns.m4
465		contrib/oldbind.compat.c
466		devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
467		devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
468		libsm/vsprintf.c
469	Renamed Files:
470		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
471
4728.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
473	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
474		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
475		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
476	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
477		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
478		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
479		Techfirm, Inc.
480	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
481		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
482		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
483	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
484		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
485		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
486		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
487	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
488		recipient address also against the printable addresses
489		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
490		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
491	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
492		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
493		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
494	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
495		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
496	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
497		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
498		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
499		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
500		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
501		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
502	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
503		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
504		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
505	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
506		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
507		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
508	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
509		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
510		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
511		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
512		external application that accesses qf files.
513	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
514		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
515	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
516		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
517		Breyha.
518	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
519		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
520		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
521		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
522		environment.
523	Portability:
524		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
525		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
526			Sun Microsystems.
527	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
528		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
529	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
530		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
531	New Files:
532		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
533
5348.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
535	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
536		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
537		of Courtesan Consulting.
538	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
539		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
540		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
541		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
542		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
543	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
544		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
545	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
546	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
547		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
548	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
549		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
550	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
551		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
552		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
553	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
554		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
555	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
556	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
557		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
558		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
559	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
560		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
561		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
562	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
563		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
564	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
565		to make sure they match.
566	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
567		in the kernel.
568	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
569		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
570		Bart Duchesne.
571	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
572		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
573		Craig Hunt.
574	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
575		from Jerome Borsboom.
576	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
577		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
578		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
579	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
580		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
581		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
582		after the close() and before the truncate().
583	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
584		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
585		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
586	Portability:
587		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
588			of Washington for providing access to a computer
589			with AIX 5.2.
590		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
591			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
592		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
593			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
594			of Harker Systems.
595		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
596			your Linux distribution, compile with
597			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
598	Added Files:
599		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
600
6018.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
602	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
603		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
604		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
605		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
606		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
607		includes DNS.
608	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
609		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
610		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
611		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
612	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
613		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
614		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
615		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
616		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
617		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
618		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
619	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
620		by Derek Wueppelmann.
621	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
622		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
623		College London.
624	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
625		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
626		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
627	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
628		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
629	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
630	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
631		text file instead of the database map.
632	Portability:
633		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
634			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
635			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
636			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
637
6388.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
639	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
640		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
641		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
642		of ISS X-Force.
643	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
644		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
645		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
646		Stanford University Compilation Group.
647	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
648		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
649	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
650		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
651		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
652	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
653		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
654	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
655		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
656		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
657
6588.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
659	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
660		across various connections.  This could cause session
661		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
662		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
663		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
664	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
665		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
666		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
667	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
668		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
669		Erik Parker.
670	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
671		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
672		is used.
673	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
674		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
675	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
676		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
677		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
678		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
679		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
680	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
681		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
682	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
683		of 11 or higher.
684	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
685		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
686	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
687		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
688		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
689		to be run even if Runners=0.
690	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
691		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
692		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
693	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
694		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
695	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
696		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
697	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
698		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
699	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
700		by John Majikes of IBM.
701	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
702		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
703	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
704		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
705		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
706	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
707		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
708		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
709	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
710		noted by Matthias Andree.
711	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
712		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
713	Portability:
714		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
715		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
716			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
717			an argument, hence the builtin version of
718			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
719			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
720			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
721		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
722			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
723		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
724			of the TrustedBSD Project.
725		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
726			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
727		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
728		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
729			Corporation.
730		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
731	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
732		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
733	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
734		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
735		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
736	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
737		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
738		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
739		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
740		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
741		in the file itself.
742	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
743		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
744		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
745		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
746	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
747	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
748		relay.
749	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
750		in access_db.
751	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
752	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
753		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
754		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
755	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
756		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
757		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
758	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
759		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
760		Sun Microsystems.
761	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
762		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
763	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
764		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
765		iDEFENSE, Inc.
766	New Files:
767		devtools/OS/Interix
768		include/sm/bdb.h
769
7708.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
771	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
772		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
773		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
774		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
775		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
776	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
777		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
778		Courtesan Consulting.
779	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
780		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
781		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
782	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
783		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
784		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
785	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
786		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
787		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
788		Earickson of Colby College.
789	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
790		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
791		Courtesan Consulting.
792	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
793		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
794	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
795		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
796		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
797	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
798		execve().
799	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
800		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
801		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
802	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
803		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
804		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
805		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
806		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
807	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
808		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
809		supposed for addresses on the header content.
810	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
811	Portability:
812		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
813			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
814			fix from Scott Walters.
815		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
816		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
817			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
818		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
819			NETISO support has been dropped.
820	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
821		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
822		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
823		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
824		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
825		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
826		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
827		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
828		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
829		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
830		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
831		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
832		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
833		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
834	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
835		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
836		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
837		University.
838	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
839		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
840	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
841		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
842	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
843		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
844	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
845		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
846		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
847	New Files:
848		contrib/etrn.0
849
8508.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
851	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
852		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
853		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
854		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
855		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
856		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
857	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
858		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
859		with rogue DNS servers.
860	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
861		by Bryan Costales.
862	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
863		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
864		Costales.
865	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
866		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
867		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
868		Polytechnic Institute.
869	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
870		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
871	Portability:
872		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
873			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
874			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
875			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
876		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
877			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
878			8.13 will change the default locking method to
879			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
880			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
881			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
882			related programs to match locking techniques.
883
8848.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
885	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
886		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
887		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
888		section of the top level README for more information.
889		Problem noted by lumpy.
890	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
891		instead of 0644.
892	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
893		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
894		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
895	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
896		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
897		Purdue University.
898	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
899		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
900		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
901	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
902		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
903		of Active State.
904	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
905		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
906		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
907	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
908		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
909		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
910		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
911	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
912		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
913	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
914		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
915	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
916		or the queue.
917	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
918		user who started sendmail.
919	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
920		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
921		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
922	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
923		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
924		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
925		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
926		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
927	Portability:
928		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
929			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
930			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
931		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
932			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
933			Charles University in Prague.
934		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
935			memory.
936	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
937		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
938	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
939		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
940		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
941	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
942		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
943	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
944		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
945		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
946		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
947		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
948	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
949		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
950		noted by Bryan Costales.
951	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
952		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
953	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
954		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
955	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
956		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
957	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
958		match dnsbl change.
959	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
960		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
961		installing the sendmail statistics file.
962	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
963		a user's filter starts other applications.
964	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
965		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
966	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
967		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
968		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
969	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
970		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
971	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
972		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
973		noted by Bryan Costales.
974	New Files:
975		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
976
9778.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
978	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
979		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
980		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
981		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
982		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
983		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
984		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
985		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
986		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
987		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
988		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
989		University.
990	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
991		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
992		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
993		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
994		of INTERMETA.
995	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
996		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
997	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
998		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
999	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1000		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1001		ActiveState.
1002	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
1003		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1004	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1005		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1006		Northern Illinois University.
1007	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1008		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1009		of Dinoex.
1010	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1011		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1012		Polytechnic Institute.
1013	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1014		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1015		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1016	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1017		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1018		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1019	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1020		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1021	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
1022		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1023	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1024		missing arguments.
1025	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1026		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1027		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1028	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1029		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1030	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1031		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
1032		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1033	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1034		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
1035		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1036	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1037		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1038		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1039		of Concordia University.
1040	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
1041		found by Mario Nigrovic.
1042	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1043		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
1044		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1045		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1046	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1047		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
1048		Elvers.
1049	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1050		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1051		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1052		total number of TCP connections.
1053	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1054		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1055		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
1056	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
1057		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
1058	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1059		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1060		Texas.
1061	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
1062		to 451.
1063	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
1064		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
1065		patch by Bryan Costales.
1066	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
1067		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
1068	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
1069		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
1070		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
1071		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
1072		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
1073		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
1074		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
1075		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1076	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
1077		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
1078		command).
1079	Portability:
1080		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
1081			available.
1082		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
1083			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
1084			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
1085			Skyrr.
1086		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
1087			noted by John Beck.
1088		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
1089		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
1090			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
1091	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
1092		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
1093		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
1094	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1095		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1096		error.
1097	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
1098		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
1099		Krzysztof Oledzki.
1100	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
1101		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
1102	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
1103		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1104	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
1105		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
1106		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
1107		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
1108		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
1109		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
1110	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
1111		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
1112		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
1113		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
1114		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
1115		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
1116		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
1117		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1118	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
1119		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
1120		noted by John Beck.
1121	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
1122		if queue groups are used.
1123	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
1124	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
1125	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
1126		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
1127	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
1128	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
1129		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
1130		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
1131		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
1132		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
1133		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
1134	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
1135		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
1136		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
1137	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
1138		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
1139		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1140	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
1141		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
1142		ldap_memfree().
1143	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1144		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1145	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
1146		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
1147	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
1148		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
1149		San Francisco.
1150	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
1151	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
1152		Joe Barbish.
1153	New Files:
1154		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
1155
11568.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
1157	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
1158		at startup, only log an error message.
1159	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
1160		following -b) has been specified.
1161	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
1162		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
1163		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1164	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
1165		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
1166		Regensburg.
1167	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
1168		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
1169		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
1170		Institute of Mining and Technology.
1171	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
1172		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1173		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1174	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
1175		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
1176		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1177	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
1178		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
1179		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1180	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
1181		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
1182		SMTP connections.
1183	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
1184		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
1185		and Technology.
1186	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
1187		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
1188		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1189		Meteorological Institute.
1190	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
1191		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
1192		Online.
1193	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
1194		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
1195		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
1196		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
1197		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
1198		types, respectively.
1199	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
1200		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
1201		of Virginia Tech.
1202	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
1203		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
1204		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1205	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
1206		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1207	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
1208		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
1209	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
1210		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
1211		of Vienna.
1212	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
1213		of Sun Microsystems.
1214	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
1215		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
1216		with servers that do not support realms when using
1217		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
1218	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
1219		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
1220		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1221	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
1222		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
1223		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
1224	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
1225	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
1226		instead of forcing localhost.
1227	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
1228		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
1229	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
1230		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1231	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
1232		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
1233		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
1234		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1235		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1236	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
1237		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
1238	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
1239		Compaq Computer Corp.
1240	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
1241		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
1242		Tech.
1243	Portability:
1244		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
1245			patch provided by HP.
1246		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
1247			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
1248		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
1249			Sachin of Siemens.
1250		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
1251		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
1252			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
1253			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
1254			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
1255		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
1256			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
1257		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
1258			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1259		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
1260			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
1261			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
1262			Hewlett-Packard.
1263		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
1264			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
1265			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1266		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
1267			Virginia Tech.
1268		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
1269			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
1270		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
1271			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1272	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
1273		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
1274		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
1275	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
1276		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
1277	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
1278		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
1279		Florida.
1280	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
1281		Altin Waldmann.
1282	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
1283		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
1284		Hewlett-Packard.
1285	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
1286		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
1287		of MSFU.
1288	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
1289		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
1290		Institute.
1291	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
1292	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
1293		to free memory twice.
1294	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
1295		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
1296		of Sun Microsystems.
1297	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
1298		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
1299		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
1300		University of Athens.
1301	New Files:
1302		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
1303		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
1304		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
1305		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
1306		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
1307		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
1308		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
1309		libsm/mpeix.c
1310
13118.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
1312	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
1313		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
1314		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
1315		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
1316		found by Michal Zalewski.
1317	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
1318		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
1319		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
1320		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
1321	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
1322		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1323	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
1324		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
1325		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
1326	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
1327		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
1328		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
1329	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
1330		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
1331		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
1332		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
1333		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
1334	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1335		canonical name for a host.
1336	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
1337		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
1338		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
1339		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
1340	Portability:
1341		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
1342			`uname` does not given complete information.
1343			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
1344			Aircraft Company.
1345		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
1346			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
1347		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
1348			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1349			Courtesan Consulting.
1350	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
1351		problems with potential misconfigurations.
1352	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
1353		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
1354		Technology Organisation of Australia.
1355	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
1356		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
1357		then use it.
1358	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
1359		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
1360	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
1361		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1362	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1363		and vacation.
1364	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1365		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1366		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1367	New Files:
1368		test/Build
1369		test/Makefile
1370		test/Makefile.m4
1371		test/README
1372		test/t_dropgid.c
1373		test/t_setgid.c
1374	Deleted Files:
1375		include/sm/stdio.h
1376		include/sm/sysstat.h
1377
13788.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
1379	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
1380		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
1381		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
1382		default).  The installation process tries to install
1383		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
1384		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
1385	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
1386		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
1387		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
1388		flags:
1389			GroupWritableForwardFile
1390			WorldWritableForwardFile
1391			GroupWritableIncludeFile
1392			WorldWritableIncludeFile
1393		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
1394	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
1395		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
1396		(IdS).
1397	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
1398		point where the variable could become overused for more than
1399		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
1400		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
1401		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
1402		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
1403	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
1404		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
1405		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
1406		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
1407		see sendmail/SECURITY.
1408	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
1409		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1410	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
1411		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
1412		sendmail/SECURITY.
1413	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
1414		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
1415		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1416	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
1417		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
1418		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
1419		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
1420		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
1421	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
1422		command has been removed.
1423	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
1424		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
1425	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
1426		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
1427		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
1428		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
1429	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
1430		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
1431		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
1432		supported.
1433	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
1434		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
1435		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
1436		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
1437		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
1438		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
1439		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
1440		creation rather than just before delivery.
1441	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
1442		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
1443		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
1444		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
1445		preference matches (coattail).
1446	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
1447		try other MX hosts if available.
1448	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
1449		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
1450	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
1451		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
1452		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
1453	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
1454	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
1455		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
1456		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
1457		removed in future versions.
1458	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
1459		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
1460	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
1461		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
1462		doc/op/op.me for details.
1463	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1464		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1465		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1466		of the presented certificate, respectively.
1467	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1468	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1469		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1470	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1471		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1472		enough on a per recipient basis.
1473	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1474		for STARTTLS.
1475	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1476		value "NOT".
1477	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1478		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1479	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1480		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1481	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1482		really required.  This change results in a noticable
1483		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
1484		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1485	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1486		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1487	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1488		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1489		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1490		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
1491		command line, then the value also limits the number of
1492		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1493		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1494		by a queue run.
1495	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1496		system each queue directory resides in.
1497	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1498	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1499	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
1500		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1501		collected together) to process the same work list at the
1502		same time.
1503	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1504		active queue runner processes.
1505	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1506		runners per queue group.
1507	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1508		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1509		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1510		of the queue that match during processing.
1511	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1512		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1513		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1514		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1515		persistent queue runner.
1516	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1517		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1518		sendmail -q15m).
1519	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
1520		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1521	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1522		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1523	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1524		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1525	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1526		of the qf file (older entries first).
1527	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1528		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1529		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1530		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1531	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1532		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1533	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
1534		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1535		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1536		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1537		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1538	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
1539		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1540		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1541	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1542		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1543		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
1544		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
1545		details.
1546	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1547		the number of entries in the queue(s).
1548	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
1549		and the usual documentation for details.
1550	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1551	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1552		announced in 8.10.
1553	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
1554	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1555		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
1556		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1557	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1558		-r (number of retries).
1559	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1560		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1561		and value separated by the given separator.
1562	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1563		to map class arith.
1564	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1565		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1566	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1567		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1568	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1569		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
1570		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1571	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1572		filenames with spaces).
1573	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1574	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1575		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1576		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
1577		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
1578		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1579		to the loopback net.
1580	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1581	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
1582		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1583	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1584		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1585	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1586		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1587	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1588		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1589		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1590		Development Group.
1591	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1592		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1593		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1594		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1595		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1596		load average is exceeded.
1597	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1598		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1599		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1600		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1601		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1602	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1603	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1604	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1605		instead.
1606	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1607		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1608	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1609		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1610		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1611	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1612		for direct (command line) submissions.
1613	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1614		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1615		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1616	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1617		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1618		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1619	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1620		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1621		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1622		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1623	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1624		before logging.
1625	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1626		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1627	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1628	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1629		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1630		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1631	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1632		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1633		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1634	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1635		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1636		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1637		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1638		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1639		See libsm/index.html for details.
1640	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1641		care of by fork() and exit().
1642	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1643		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1644		new and old (from new libsm).
1645	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1646		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1647	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1648	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1649		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1650		synchronizations calls.
1651	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1652	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1653	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1654		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1655	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1656		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1657		for details.
1658	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1659		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1660		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1661		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1662	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1663		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1664		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1665	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1666		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1667		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1668		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1669		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1670		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1671		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1672	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1673		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1674	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1675		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1676	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1677		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1678		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1679		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1680		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1681		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1682		Urbana-Champaign.
1683	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1684		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1685	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1686		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1687		connections.
1688	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1689		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1690		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1691		cf/README.
1692	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1693		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1694		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1695		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1696		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1697		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1698		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1699		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1700		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1701		example).
1702	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1703		the default schema used in the above two items.
1704	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1705		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1706		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1707	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1708		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1709		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1710	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1711		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1712		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1713		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1714		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1715	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1716		HELO/EHLO commands.
1717	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1718		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1719		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1720		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1721		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1722		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1723		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1724	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1725		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1726		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1727		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1728		(verbose) command line option.
1729	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1730		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1731		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1732		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1733	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1734		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1735		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1736	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1737		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1738		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1739	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1740		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1741		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1742		British Columbia.
1743	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1744		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1745	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1746		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1747		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1748		if required.
1749	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1750		class instead.
1751	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1752		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1753		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1754		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1755	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1756		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1757	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1758		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1759		Nelson of IBM.
1760	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1761		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1762		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1763		their defaults are:
1764		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1765		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1766		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1767		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1768		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1769		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1770		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1771	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1772		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1773	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1774		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1775		Meteorological Institute.
1776	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1777		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1778		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1779	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1780		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1781		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1782	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1783		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1784		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1785		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1786		See sendmail/README for further information.
1787	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1788		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1789		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1790	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1791		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1792		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1793	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1794		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1795	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1796		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1797		flora.ca.
1798	Portability:
1799		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1800			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1801			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1802		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1803			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1804			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1805			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1806			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1807			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1808		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1809			Solaris 8 and later.
1810		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1811	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1812	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1813	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1814	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1815	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1816		temporary lookup failures.
1817	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1818		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1819		or IP nets.
1820	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1821		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1822		to get through.
1823	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1824		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1825		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1826		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1827		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1828	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1829		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1830		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1831		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1832	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1833		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1834		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1835	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1836		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1837		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1838	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1839		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1840	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1841		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1842		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1843	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1844		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1845		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1846		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1847		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1848	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1849		cf/README for details.
1850	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1851		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1852		University of Maryland.
1853	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1854		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1855	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1856		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1857		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1858	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1859		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1860		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1861		Solving.
1862	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1863		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1864	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1865		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1866	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1867		immediately.
1868	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1869		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1870		See cf/README for details.
1871	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1872		temporary lookup failures.
1873	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1874		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1875	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1876		memory use.
1877	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1878		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1879		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1880		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1881		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1882	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1883		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1884	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1885		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1886	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1887		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1888	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1889		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1890		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1891		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1892	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1893	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1894		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1895		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1896		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1897		additional details.
1898	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1899		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1900		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1901		information.
1902	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1903		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1904		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1905	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1906		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1907		recipients as user unknown.
1908	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1909		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1910		section of cf/README for more information.
1911	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1912		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1913		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1914	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1915		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1916		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1917	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1918		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1919		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1920		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1921		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1922		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1923		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1924		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1925		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1926		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1927		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1928	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1929		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1930		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1931		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1932		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1933	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1934		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1935		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1936		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1937		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1938		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1939		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1940		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1941		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1942		doc/op/op.me for details.
1943	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1944		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1945		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1946	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1947		dequote map.
1948	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1949	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1950		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1951	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1952		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1953		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1954		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1955		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1956		This affects the access database as well as the
1957		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1958	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1959	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1960	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1961		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1962		Mississippi State University.
1963	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1964		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1965	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1966		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1967		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1968	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1969		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1970		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1971	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1972		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1973		systems which don't include cat directories.
1974	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1975	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1976		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1977		mailbox database type.
1978	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1979		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1980		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1981		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1982	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1983		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1984	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1985		instead of white space.
1986	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1987		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1988		Meteorological Institute.
1989	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1990	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1991		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1992	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1993		instead of syslog.
1994	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1995		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1996		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1997		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1998	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1999		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2000		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
2001		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2002	New Directories:
2003		libmilter/docs
2004	New Files:
2005		cf/cf/README
2006		cf/cf/submit.cf
2007		cf/cf/submit.mc
2008		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2009		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2010		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2011		cf/feature/msp.m4
2012		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2013		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2014		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2015		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2016		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2017		cf/sendmail.schema
2018		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2019		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2020		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2021		editmap/*
2022		include/sm/*
2023		libsm/*
2024		libsmutil/cf.c
2025		libsmutil/err.c
2026		sendmail/SECURITY
2027		sendmail/TUNING
2028		sendmail/bf.c
2029		sendmail/bf.h
2030		sendmail/sasl.c
2031		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2032		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2033		sendmail/tls.c
2034	Deleted Files:
2035		cf/feature/rbl.m4
2036		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
2037		devtools/OS/AIX.2
2038		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2039		include/sendmail/errstring.h
2040		include/sendmail/useful.h
2041		libsmutil/errstring.c
2042		sendmail/bf_portable.c
2043		sendmail/bf_portable.h
2044		sendmail/bf_torek.c
2045		sendmail/bf_torek.h
2046		sendmail/clock.c
2047	Renamed Files:
2048		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2049		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2050		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2051
20528.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
2053	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2054		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2055		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
2056		of ISS X-Force.
2057	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
2058		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
2059		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2060		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
2061		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
2062		includes DNS.
2063	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
2064		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
2065		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
2066		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
2067	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
2068		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
2069		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
2070		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
2071		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
2072		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
2073		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
2074	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
2075		across various connections.  This could cause session
2076		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
2077		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
2078		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
2079	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2080		canonical name for a host.
2081	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
2082	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
2083		or the queue.
2084	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
2085		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
2086		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2087		Polytechnic Institute.
2088	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
2089		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
2090		Purdue University.
2091	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2092		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2093		Texas.
2094	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2095		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2096		error.
2097	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
2098		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
2099	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2100		and vacation.
2101	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2102		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2103	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2104		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
2105		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2106	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
2107		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
2108		Sun Microsystems.
2109	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
2110		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
2111		iDEFENSE, Inc.
2112
21138.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
2114	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
2115		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
2116		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
2117	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
2118		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
2119		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
2120		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
2121		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
2122	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
2123		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
2124		Werner Wiethege.
2125	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
2126		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
2127
21288.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
2129	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
2130		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
2131		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
2132		of SE Netway Communications.
2133	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
2134		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
2135	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
2136		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
2137		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
2138		Bosserman of EarthLink.
2139	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
2140		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
2141	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
2142		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
2143		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
2144		University College.
2145	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
2146		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
2147	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
2148		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
2149		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
2150		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
2151		University at Albany.
2152	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
2153		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2154	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
2155		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
2156		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
2157		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
2158	Portability:
2159		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
2160			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2161		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
2162			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
2163		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
2164			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
2165		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
2166			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
2167	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
2168		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
2169
21708.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
2171	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
2172		corruption and other potential race conditions.
2173		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
2174		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
2175		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
2176		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
2177	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
2178		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
2179		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
2180	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
2181		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
2182		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
2183	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
2184		from Kenji Miyake.
2185	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
2186		QueueDirectory wildcards.
2187	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
2188		the same map again while exiting.
2189	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
2190		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
2191		of Tuebingen.
2192	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
2193		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
2194		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
2195		Oklahoma State University.
2196	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
2197		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
2198		InTouch Systems, Inc.
2199	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
2200		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
2201		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
2202		Morgan Stanley.
2203	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
2204		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
2205		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2206	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
2207		from Werner Wiethege.
2208	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
2209		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
2210	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
2211		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
2212		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
2213		Internet Services.
2214	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
2215		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2216	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
2217		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2218	Portability:
2219		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
2220	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
2221		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
2222	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
2223	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
2224		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2225		Meteorological Institute.
2226	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
2227		since it generates random process ids.
2228	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
2229		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
2230		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2231	New Files:
2232		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
2233
22348.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
2235	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
2236		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
2237		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2238		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2239	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
2240		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
2241		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
2242		communications consulting gmbh.
2243	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2244		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2245	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
2246		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
2247		connection came in from the command line.
2248	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
2249		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
2250		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2251	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
2252		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
2253	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
2254		when they were committed.
2255	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
2256		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
2257	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
2258		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
2259		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
2260		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
2261	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
2262		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2263		University.
2264	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
2265		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
2266		accept() completes.
2267	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
2268		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
2269	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
2270		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
2271		Wellcome.
2272	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
2273		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
2274		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
2275		University.
2276	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
2277		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
2278		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
2279		University of New Brunswick.
2280	Portability:
2281		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
2282			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
2283			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
2284		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2285			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2286		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
2287			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
2288			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2289		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
2290			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
2291			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
2292	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
2293		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
2294	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
2295		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
2296	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
2297		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
2298		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
2299		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
2300		Institute.
2301	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
2302		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
2303		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2304	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
2305		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
2306	Renamed Files:
2307		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
2308
23098.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
2310	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
2311		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
2312		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
2313		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
2314		Schools" project (IdS).
2315	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
2316		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
2317		be enabled by compiling with:
2318		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
2319		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
2320		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2321	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
2322		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
2323	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
2324		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
2325		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
2326		Colby College.
2327	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
2328		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
2329	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
2330		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
2331		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
2332		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
2333	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
2334		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
2335		NxNetworks, Inc.
2336	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
2337		client name.
2338	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
2339		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
2340		the Universitat Regensburg.
2341	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
2342		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
2343		University of Arizona.
2344	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
2345		of Collective Technologies.
2346	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
2347		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
2348		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
2349		Engineering.
2350	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
2351		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2352		Meteorological Institute.
2353	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
2354		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2355	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2356		Meteorological Institute.
2357	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
2358		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
2359		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
2360		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2361	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
2362		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
2363		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
2364	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
2365		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
2366		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
2367	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
2368		overall connections, not the number of connections per
2369		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
2370		counting.
2371	Portability:
2372		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
2373			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
2374			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
2375		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
2376			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
2377		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
2378			Rosenman.
2379		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
2380			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2381		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
2382			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
2383			of Pacific Access.
2384		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
2385			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2386		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
2387			Microsystems.
2388	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
2389		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
2390		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2391	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
2392		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
2393	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
2394		implicitly assume canonical host names.
2395	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
2396		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2397	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
2398		Virginia Tech.
2399	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
2400		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
2401		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2402	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
2403	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
2404		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
2405		gmbh.
2406	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
2407		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2408	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
2409		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
2410		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
2411		of Kyoto University.
2412	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
2413		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
2414		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
2415		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
2416		version.
2417	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
2418		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2419		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2420	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
2421	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
2422		or *-owner.
2423	New Files:
2424		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
2425		contrib/buildvirtuser
2426		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
2427
24288.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
2429	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
2430		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2431	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
2432		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
2433		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
2434		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
2435		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2436	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
2437		wildcards.
2438	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
2439		process may close the connection before the child process
2440		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
2441		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
2442		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2443	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
2444		read the LDAP secret from a file.
2445	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
2446		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
2447		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
2448		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2449	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
2450		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
2451		of EarthLink.
2452	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
2453	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
2454		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
2455		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
2456	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
2457		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2458	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
2459		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
2460		Fournier of Acadia University.
2461	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
2462		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
2463		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2464		one of the others may be able to take over.
2465	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2466		previous load average query result.
2467	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2468		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2469		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
2470		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2471	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2472		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2473	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2474		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
2475		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2476	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2477		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2478	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2479		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
2480		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2481	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
2482		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2483	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2484		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2485		University of British Columbia.
2486	Portability:
2487		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2488			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2489			override the setting.  Suggested by
2490			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2491		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2492			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
2493			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2494		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2495			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2496			College.
2497		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
2498			Tom Moore of NCR.
2499		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
2500			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2501		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
2502			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
2503			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2504		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2505			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2506			Consulting.
2507	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2508		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2509	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2510		errors in the MAIL address.
2511	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
2512		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2513	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2514		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2515	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2516		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
2517		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
2518		Ericsson.
2519	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2520		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2521		mailer as described in cf/README.
2522	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2523		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2524	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2525		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2526	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2527		sendmail.
2528	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2529		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2530		Meteorological Institute.
2531	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2532	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2533		dot as the only character on the line.
2534	New Files:
2535		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2536
25378.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
2538	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2539		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2540		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2541		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
2542		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2543		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
2544		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2545	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2546		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
2547		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2548		Systems in this category should compile with
2549		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2550		system and report broken implementations to
2551		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
2552		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2553	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2554		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2555		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2556	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2557		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2558		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
2559		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2560	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2561		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2562		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
2563		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2564	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2565		random data.
2566	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2567		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2568		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2569	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2570		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
2571		Martin of CMU.
2572	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2573		strength factor.
2574	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2575		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
2576		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
2577		of CMU.
2578	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2579		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2580		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2581	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
2582		documented, unless a family is specified in a
2583		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
2584		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2585		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2586		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2587		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
2588		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2589	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2590		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2591		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2592		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2593		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
2594		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2595	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2596		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
2597		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
2598		of Sun Microsystems.
2599	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2600		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2601		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
2602		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2603		the incoming information in the queue file for later
2604		delivery attempts.
2605	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2606		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2607		smoe.org.
2608	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2609		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
2610		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2611	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2612		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2613	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2614		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2615		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
2616		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2617	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2618		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
2619		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2620	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2621		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2622		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2623		of Northern Illinois University.
2624	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
2625		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2626	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2627		to kilobyte units.
2628	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2629		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2630		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2631		Polytechnic.
2632	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2633		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2634		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
2635		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2636	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2637		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2638		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2639	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2640		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2641	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2642		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2643		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2644	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2645		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2646		G. Thomas Consulting.
2647	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2648		port number (113).
2649	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2650		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2651	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2652		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2653		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2654	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2655		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2656		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2657		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2658	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2659		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2660		University of Mainz.
2661	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2662		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2663	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2664		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2665	Portability:
2666		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2667			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2668			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2669		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2670		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2671			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2672			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2673			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2674		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2675			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2676		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2677			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2678			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2679			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2680			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2681	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2682		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2683	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2684		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2685		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2686		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2687		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2688		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2689		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2690		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2691		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2692	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2693		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2694		cf/README for more information.
2695	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2696	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2697		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2698	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2699		instead of temporary.
2700	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2701		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2702		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2703		Consulting.
2704	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2705		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2706		RootsWeb.com.
2707	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2708		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2709		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2710		University of Maryland.
2711	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2712		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2713	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2714		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2715		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2716		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2717		of the University of Alberta.
2718	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2719		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2720	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2721	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2722		of X.509 certificates.
2723	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2724		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2725		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2726		Universitat Regensburg.
2727	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2728		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2729	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2730		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2731	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2732		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2733	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2734		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2735		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2736	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2737		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2738	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2739		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2740		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2741		University.
2742	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2743	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2744		links.
2745	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2746		reported.
2747	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2748		Denman Tire Corporation.
2749	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2750		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2751	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2752	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2753		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2754	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2755		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2756	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2757		have a From line.
2758	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2759		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2760	Added Files:
2761		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2762		contrib/cidrexpand
2763		contrib/link_hash.sh
2764		contrib/movemail.conf
2765		contrib/movemail.pl
2766		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2767		test/t_snprintf.c
2768
27698.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2770	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2771		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2772		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2773		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2774		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2775	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2776		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2777	Added Files:
2778		test/t_setuid.c
2779
27808.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2781	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2782		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2783		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2784		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2785		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2786		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2787	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2788		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2789	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2790	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2791		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2792		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2793	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2794		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2795		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2796	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2797		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2798	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2799	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2800		or higher.
2801	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2802		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2803	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2804	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2805		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2806		Polytechnic Institute.
2807	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2808		discards the message.
2809	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2810		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2811		attempted to the alias.
2812	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2813		flag options.
2814	Portability:
2815		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2816			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2817			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2818			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2819			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2820		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2821			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2822		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2823			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2824		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2825		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2826			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2827		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2828			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2829			Services, LLC.
2830		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2831			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2832			Courtesan Consulting.
2833		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2834			Siemens Business Services.
2835	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2836		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2837		of WSRCC.
2838	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2839	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2840		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2841	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2842		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2843	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2844	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2845		of NEC.
2846	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2847		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2848	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2849		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2850		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2851		Virginia Tech.
2852	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2853		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2854		University.
2855	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2856		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2857		release.
2858	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2859		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2860		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2861		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2862	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2863		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2864		Sendmail.
2865	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2866		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2867		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2868	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2869		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2870	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2871		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2872		Northern Illinois University.
2873	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2874		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2875		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2876		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2877	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2878		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2879	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2880		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2881		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2882	Added Files:
2883		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2884		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2885	Deleted Files:
2886		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2887	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2888		doc/intro
2889		doc/usenix
2890		doc/changes
2891
28928.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2893	    *************************************************************
2894	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2895	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2896	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2897	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2898	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2899	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2900	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2901	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2902	    *								*
2903	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2904	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2905	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2906	    *************************************************************
2907	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2908		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2909		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2910		symbolic link target.
2911	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2912		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2913		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2914	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2915		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2916		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2917		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2918		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2919		version of sendmail.
2920	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2921		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2922		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2923		(IdS).
2924	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2925		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2926	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2927		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2928	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2929		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2930		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2931		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2932		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2933		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2934	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2935		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2936		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2937		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2938	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2939		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2940		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2941	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2942		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2943		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2944	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2945		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2946		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2947		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2948		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2949		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2950	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2951		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2952		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2953	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2954		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2955		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2956		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2957		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2958		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2959	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2960		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2961		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2962		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2963	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2964		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2965		accordingly.
2966	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2967		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2968		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2969		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2970		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2971		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2972		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2973	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2974		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2975		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2976		InCert Software.
2977	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2978		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2979		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2980	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2981		a control socket request.
2982	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2983		settings:
2984		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2985			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2986			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2987			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2988		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2989			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2990			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2991		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2992			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2993			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2994			delivery attempt.
2995		Timeout.resolver.retry
2996			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2997			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2998			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2999		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3000			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3001			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3002		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3003			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3004			query for all resolver lookups except the first
3005			delivery attempt.
3006		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3007	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
3008		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
3009		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3010		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3011		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
3012		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3013		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
3014		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3015		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
3016		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3017	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3018		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3019		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3020		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
3021		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3022		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3023		Telecommunications Ltd.
3024	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3025		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3026		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
3027		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
3028		Inc.
3029	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3030		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3031		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3032	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3033		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3034	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
3035		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3036		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3037	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3038		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3039	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3040	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3041		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3042		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3043	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3044		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3045		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3046	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3047		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3048		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3049		Ltd.
3050	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3051		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
3052		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
3053		example mailer might be:
3054			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3055				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
3056				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
3057		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
3058	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
3059		instead.
3060	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
3061		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
3062		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
3063		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
3064	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
3065		flags.
3066	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
3067		body of the original message on delivery status
3068		notifications.
3069	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
3070		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
3071	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
3072		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
3073		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3074	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
3075		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
3076		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
3077	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
3078		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
3079		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
3080		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
3081	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
3082		Conwell of Boston University.
3083	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
3084		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3085	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
3086		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
3087		@Home Network.
3088	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
3089		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
3090		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
3091	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
3092		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
3093		similar to check_rcpt etc.
3094	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
3095		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
3096		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
3097		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
3098		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3099	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
3100		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
3101		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3102	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
3103		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
3104		Mathias Herberts.
3105	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
3106		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
3107		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
3108		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
3109		in check_compat).
3110	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
3111		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
3112		option.
3113	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
3114	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
3115		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3116	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
3117		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3118	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
3119	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
3120		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
3121	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
3122		is set.
3123	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
3124		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
3125	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
3126		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
3127		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
3128	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
3129	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
3130	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
3131		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
3132		a denial-of-service attack.
3133	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
3134		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
3135		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
3136		overflow attacks.
3137	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
3138		alias recursion.
3139	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
3140	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
3141	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
3142		directly before the newline.
3143	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
3144		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
3145		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
3146		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
3147		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
3148		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
3149		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
3150		could not be opened.
3151	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
3152		value of this option is macro expanded.
3153	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
3154		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
3155	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
3156		(along with the already existing macros):
3157		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
3158		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
3159		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
3160		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
3161		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
3162		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
3163		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
3164	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
3165		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
3166		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
3167		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
3168		loopback net.
3169	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
3170		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
3171		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
3172	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
3173		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
3174		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
3175		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3176		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
3177	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
3178		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
3179		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
3180		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
3181		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
3182	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
3183		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
3184		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
3185		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
3186	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3187		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
3188		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
3189		Ericsson.
3190	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
3191		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
3192		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
3193		of Ericsson.
3194	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
3195		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
3196		of Renaissance Internet Services.
3197	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
3198		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
3199		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
3200	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
3201		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
3202		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
3203		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
3204	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
3205		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
3206	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
3207		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
3208	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
3209		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
3210		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3211	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
3212	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
3213		equate name.
3214	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
3215		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
3216	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
3217		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
3218	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
3219		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
3220		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
3221		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
3222		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
3223		David Cooley of Colby College.
3224	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
3225		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
3226		already decided the message will be passed to another host
3227		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
3228		Buckeridge Young Limited.
3229	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
3230		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
3231		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
3232		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
3233		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
3234		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
3235		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
3236		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
3237		of Stanford University.
3238	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
3239		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
3240	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
3241		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
3242		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
3243		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
3244		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
3245		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3246		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
3247	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
3248		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
3249		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
3250		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
3251	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
3252	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
3253		attributes found in the match will be returned.
3254	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
3255		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
3256		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
3257		comma separated key and value strings.
3258	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
3259		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
3260		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
3261		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
3262		a single connection to that host.
3263	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
3264	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
3265		LDAP lookups.
3266	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
3267		resources.
3268	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
3269	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
3270	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
3271		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
3272		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
3273		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
3274		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
3275		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
3276		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
3277		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
3278		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
3279		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
3280		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
3281		with the name "*".
3282	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
3283		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
3284		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
3285		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
3286		matches to return.
3287	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
3288		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
3289		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
3290		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
3291		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
3292		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
3293		are defined.
3294	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
3295		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
3296		Tech.
3297	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
3298		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
3299		important if you have large classes.
3300	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
3301		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
3302		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3303	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
3304		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
3305		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
3306		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
3307		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
3308		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
3309	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
3310		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
3311		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
3312		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
3313		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
3314		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
3315		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
3316		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
3317	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
3318		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
3319		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
3320		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
3321		has no effect.
3322	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
3323		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3324	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
3325		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3326	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
3327		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
3328	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
3329		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
3330	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
3331		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
3332		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
3333		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
3334		connection-based denial of service attacks.
3335	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
3336		10 or higher.
3337	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
3338		information (from= syslog line).
3339	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
3340		equate (dsn=).
3341	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
3342	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
3343		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
3344		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3345	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
3346		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3347		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3348	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
3349		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3350	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
3351		the program as the default user and the default group, not
3352		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
3353		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
3354		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
3355		Popovici of DNT Romania.
3356	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
3357		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
3358		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
3359	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
3360		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
3361		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
3362	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
3363		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
3364		helpful to know the sender of the message.
3365	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
3366		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3367	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
3368		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
3369		multiple files.
3370	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
3371		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
3372		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
3373		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
3374		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
3375		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
3376		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
3377		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
3378		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
3379	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
3380		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
3381	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
3382		length before the attempt.
3383	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
3384		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
3385		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
3386		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
3387		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
3388	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
3389		host status files, not all files.
3390	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
3391		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
3392		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
3393		Wonderworks Inc.
3394	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
3395		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
3396		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
3397		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
3398		of Hannover.
3399	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
3400		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
3401		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
3402		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
3403		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
3404		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
3405	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
3406		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
3407		flag:
3408			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
3409		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
3410		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
3411		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
3412	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
3413		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
3414		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
3415		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
3416		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
3417		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
3418		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
3419	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
3420		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
3421		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3422		version.
3423	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
3424	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
3425	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
3426		if referencing a named ruleset.
3427	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
3428		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
3429	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
3430		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
3431		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
3432		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
3433		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
3434		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
3435		the University of Maryland.
3436	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
3437		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
3438	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
3439		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
3440	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
3441		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
3442		COMMANDS).
3443	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
3444		but for outgoing connections.
3445	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
3446		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
3447			a	require authentication
3448			b	bind to interface through which mail has
3449				been received
3450			c	perform hostname canonification
3451			f	require fully qualified hostname
3452			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
3453				command
3454			C	don't perform hostname canonification
3455			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
3456	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
3457			h	use name of interface for HELO command
3458	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
3459	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
3460		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
3461		Institutes of Health.
3462	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3463		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3464	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3465	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
3466		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3467	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3468	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3469		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3470	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3471		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3472	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3473		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
3474		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3475	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3476		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3477		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3478	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3479	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3480		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3481		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3482	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3483		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
3484		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3485		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
3486		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3487	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3488		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3489		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3490		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3491		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3492		timeout.
3493	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3494		interface address structure when loading the system network
3495		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3496		Nanoteq.
3497	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3498		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3499		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
3500		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
3501		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3502	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3503		on load average.
3504	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3505		Northern Illinois University.
3506	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3507		envelope splitting has occurred.
3508	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3509		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3510	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3511	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3512		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3513		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3514		Institute.
3515	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3516		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
3517		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3518	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3519		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3520		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
3521		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3522	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3523		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3524	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3525		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3526	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3527		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3528	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
3529		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3530	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3531		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3532		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3533		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3534	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3535		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3536	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
3537		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3538	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3539		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3540		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3541		University.
3542	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3543		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3544		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3545	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3546		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
3547		ruleset lines as well.
3548	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3549		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3550		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
3551		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3552		Institute.
3553	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3554		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3555		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3556	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3557		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3558		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3559		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3560	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3561		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3562		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3563		of Ericsson.
3564	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3565		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3566		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3567		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3568	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3569		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3570		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
3571		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3572		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3573	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3574		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3575		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
3576		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3577	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3578		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
3579		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3580		University.
3581	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3582		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3583		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3584		'sendmail -bs'.
3585	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3586		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3587		them in the .cf file.
3588	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3589		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3590		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3591		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3592	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3593		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3594	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3595		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
3596		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3597	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3598		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3599		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
3600		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
3601		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3602	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
3603		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3604	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3605		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
3606		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3607	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
3608		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3609	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3610		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3611		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
3612	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3613		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
3614		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3615	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3616		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
3617		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
3618		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3619	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3620		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
3621		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
3622		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3623		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
3624		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3625	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3626		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
3627		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3628		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
3629		don't fail on ANY queries.
3630	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3631		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3632		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3633		Northern Illinois University.
3634	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3635		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3636		State University.
3637	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3638		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3639		Northern Illinois University.
3640	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3641		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3642	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3643	Portability:
3644		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3645			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3646			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3647			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
3648			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3649		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3650			This allows network interface probing to work
3651			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3652			University of Iowa.
3653		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3654		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3655			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3656			name.
3657		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3658		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3659			Virginia Tech.
3660		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3661		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3662			Amsterdam.
3663		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3664		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3665			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3666		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3667			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3668			in building the operating system.  Users can
3669			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3670			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3671		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3672		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3673		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3674			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3675		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3676			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3677		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3678			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3679		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3680			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3681		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3682			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3683		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3684			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3685			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3686		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3687		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3688			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3689			use that value in conf.h.
3690		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3691			BITart Consulting.
3692		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3693			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3694			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3695			Computer, Inc.
3696		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3697			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3698			of E I A.
3699		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3700			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3701		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3702			fchown(2).
3703		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3704			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3705		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3706			srandomdev(3).
3707		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3708			setlogin(2).
3709		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3710			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3711			Siemens Business Services.
3712		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3713			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3714			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3715		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3716			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3717		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3718			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3719			Aerospace.
3720		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3721			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3722			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3723		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3724			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3725			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3726			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3727			University.
3728		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3729			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3730			Technology Information Network.
3731		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3732			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3733		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3734		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3735			and OpenBSD.
3736		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3737			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3738			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3739			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3740	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3741		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3742		details.
3743	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3744		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3745	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3746	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3747		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3748		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3749	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3750		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3751		Courtesan Consulting.
3752	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3753	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3754		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3755		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3756	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3757		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3758		multiple times.
3759	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3760		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3761		with From:).
3762	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3763		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3764	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3765		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3766		new functionality.
3767	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3768		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3769		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3770		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3771		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3772		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3773		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3774		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3775		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3776		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3777		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3778		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3779		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3780		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3781		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3782		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3783		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3784		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3785		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3786		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3787		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3788		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3789		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3790		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3791	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3792		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3793		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3794	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3795		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3796		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3797		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3798		to "IPC $h".
3799	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3800		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3801		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3802	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3803		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3804		value should be changed with care.
3805	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3806		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3807	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3808		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3809		complain.
3810	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3811		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3812		of Q7 Enterprises.
3813	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3814		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3815		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3816		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3817	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3818		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3819		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3820		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3821		of Northern Illinois University.
3822	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3823		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3824		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3825	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3826		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3827		in it.
3828	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3829		in class 'P' ($=P).
3830	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3831		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3832		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3833		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3834		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3835		is added.
3836	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3837		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3838	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3839		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3840	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3841		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3842	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3843		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3844	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3845		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3846	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3847		Hubert of University of Washington.
3848	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3849		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3850		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3851	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3852	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3853		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3854		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3855	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3856		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3857		Services.
3858	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3859		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3860		Aerospace.
3861	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3862		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3863		University and Brian Candler.
3864	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3865		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3866	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3867		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3868		Institute.
3869	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3870		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3871	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3872		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3873		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3874	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3875		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3876	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3877		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3878		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3879	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3880		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3881		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3882	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3883		converted to <user@d>
3884	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3885		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3886	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3887		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3888		performed.
3889	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3890		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3891		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3892		Institute.
3893	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3894		be accessed by their numbers).
3895	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3896		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3897		of an address.
3898	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3899		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3900		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3901		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3902	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3903		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3904		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3905	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3906		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3907	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3908	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3909		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3910		Institute.
3911	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3912	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3913		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3914		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3915		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3916	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3917		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3918		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3919	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3920		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3921	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3922		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3923	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3924		University of California at Berkeley.
3925	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3926		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3927	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3928		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3929	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3930		Corporation UK.
3931	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3932	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3933		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3934		Yale University.
3935	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3936		be used for building.
3937	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3938		used for a fresh build.
3939	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3940	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3941		ranlib.
3942	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3943		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3944	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3945		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3946		Costales.
3947	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3948		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3949		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3950		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3951	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3952		of Siemens Business Services.
3953	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3954		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3955		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3956		torek.
3957	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3958		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3959		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3960		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3961		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3962	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3963		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3964		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3965		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3966		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3967	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3968		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3969		are in devtools/README.
3970	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3971		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3972	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3973		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3974		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3975		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3976	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3977		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3978		macro.
3979	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3980	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3981		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3982		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3983		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3984		Corporation.
3985	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3986		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3987		confMANROOTMAN.
3988	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3989		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3990		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3991	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3992		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3993		Communications.
3994	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3995		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3996	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3997		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3998		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3999	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4000		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4001		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4002	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4003		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
4004		install-strip target.
4005	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4006		the others (if it exists).
4007	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4008		then the default ones.
4009	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
4010		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4011		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4012		to set the S flag.
4013	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4014		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4015		Northern Illinois University.
4016	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4017		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4018		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4019	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4020		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
4021		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4022		University.
4023	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4024		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4025		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4026		University.
4027	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4028		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
4029		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4030		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4031		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4032		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4033		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4034		University.
4035	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4036		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4037		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4038	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4039		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4040		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4041		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
4042		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4043		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4044		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4045		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4046		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4047		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4048		Alcatel Australia Limited.
4049	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4050		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
4051		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4052	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4053		timeout to avoid starvation.
4054	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4055		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
4056		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4057	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4058	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
4059		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
4060		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
4061		of Maryland.
4062	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
4063		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
4064		sendmail configuration file.
4065	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
4066		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
4067		option.
4068	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
4069		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4070	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
4071		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
4072	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
4073		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
4074	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
4075		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
4076	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4077		Corporation UK.
4078	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
4079		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
4080		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
4081		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
4082	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
4083		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
4084		Institute for Global Communications.
4085	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
4086		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
4087		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4088	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
4089		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
4090		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4091	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
4092		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
4093		of the Institute for Global Communications.
4094	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
4095		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
4096	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
4097	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
4098		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
4099	Changed Files:
4100		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
4101			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
4102			which execute the actual Build script in
4103			devtools/bin.
4104		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
4105			-mandoc as they were previously.
4106		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
4107			of Build will work (unless parameters are
4108			required for Build).
4109	New Directories:
4110		devtools/M4/UNIX
4111		include
4112		libmilter
4113		libsmdb
4114		libsmutil
4115		vacation
4116	Renamed Directories:
4117		BuildTools => devtools
4118		src => sendmail
4119	Deleted Files:
4120		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
4121		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
4122		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4123		devtools/OS/SINIX
4124		sendmail/ldap_map.h
4125	New Files:
4126		INSTALL
4127		PGPKEYS
4128		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
4129		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
4130		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
4131		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
4132		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
4133		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
4134		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
4135		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
4136		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
4137		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
4138		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
4139		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
4140		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
4141		contrib/domainmap.m4
4142		contrib/qtool.8
4143		contrib/qtool.pl
4144		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
4145		devtools/M4/list.m4
4146		devtools/M4/string.m4
4147		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
4148		devtools/M4/switch.m4
4149		devtools/OS/Darwin
4150		devtools/OS/GNU
4151		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
4152		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
4153		devtools/OS/m88k
4154		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
4155		mail.local/Makefile
4156		mailstats/Makefile
4157		makemap/Makefile
4158		praliases/Makefile
4159		rmail/Makefile
4160		sendmail/Makefile
4161		sendmail/bf.h
4162		sendmail/bf_portable.c
4163		sendmail/bf_portable.h
4164		sendmail/bf_torek.c
4165		sendmail/bf_torek.h
4166		sendmail/shmticklib.c
4167		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
4168		sendmail/timers.c
4169		sendmail/timers.h
4170		smrsh/Makefile
4171		vacation/Makefile
4172	Renamed Files:
4173		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
4174		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
4175		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
4176		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
4177		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
4178		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
4179		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
4180		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
4181		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
4182	Copied Files:
4183		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
4184
41858.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
4186	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
4187		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
4188		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
4189		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
4190		Schools" project (IdS).
4191	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
4192		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
4193		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
4194		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4195	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
4196		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
4197		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
4198		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
4199	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
4200		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
4201		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
4202		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4203	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
4204		ExecPC Internet Systems.
4205	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
4206		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
4207		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
4208		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
4209		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
4210		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
4211	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
4212		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
4213		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
4214		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4215	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
4216		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
4217		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
4218		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
4219	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
4220		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
4221	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
4222		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
4223		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
4224		group of the IETF.
4225	Portability:
4226		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
4227			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
4228			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
4229			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
4230			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
4231			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
4232			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
4233			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
4234			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
4235			Technical University of Denmark.
4236		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
4237			Supercomputer Center.
4238		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
4239			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
4240			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
4241			of Stanford University.
4242		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
4243			between different releases.  Back out the
4244			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
4245			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
4246			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
4247			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
4248		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
4249			of Siemens/SNI.
4250		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4251	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
4252		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
4253		University of Brno.
4254	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
4255		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
4256		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4257	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
4258		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
4259		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4260	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
4261		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
4262	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
4263		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
4264		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4265	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
4266		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
4267		MIDS Europe.
4268	New Files:
4269		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
4270		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
4271		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
4272
42738.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
4274	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
4275		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
4276		for a denial of service attack.
4277	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
4278		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4279	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
4280		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4281		Corporation UK.
4282	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
4283		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
4284	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
4285		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
4286	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
4287		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
4288		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
4289		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
4290		Internet Services.
4291	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
4292		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
4293		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
4294		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
4295	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
4296		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
4297		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
4298	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
4299		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4300	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
4301		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
4302		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
4303	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
4304		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4305		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4306	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
4307		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
4308		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
4309		Internet Services.
4310	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
4311		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
4312		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
4313	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
4314		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
4315		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
4316		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
4317		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
4318		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
4319		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
4320		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
4321		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
4322		extended testing.
4323	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
4324		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
4325	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
4326		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
4327		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
4328		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4329	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
4330		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
4331		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
4332		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4333		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
4334	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
4335		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
4336		Network.
4337	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
4338		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
4339	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
4340		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
4341		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
4342		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
4343		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4344	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
4345		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
4346		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
4347	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
4348		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
4349	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
4350		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
4351		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
4352		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
4353		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4354	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
4355		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4356		Meteorological Institute.
4357	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4358	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
4359		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
4360	Portability:
4361		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
4362		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
4363			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
4364			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
4365		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
4366			reading network interface addresses into
4367			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
4368			Cal State University, Chico.
4369		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
4370			from changing the semantics of the compiled
4371			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
4372			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
4373		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
4374			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4375		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4376		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
4377			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
4378		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
4379		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
4380			of Sun Microsystems.
4381		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
4382			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4383		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
4384			of Bits Co., Ltd.
4385		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
4386			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4387		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
4388			of E I A.
4389		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
4390			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
4391			Information Center.
4392		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
4393			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4394			Institute.
4395		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
4396			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
4397	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
4398		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
4399		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4400	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
4401		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
4402		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
4403		Manawatu Internet Services.
4404	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
4405		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
4406		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
4407		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
4408		of Northern Illinois University.
4409	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
4410		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4411		Kiel.
4412	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
4413		Dot Com.
4414	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
4415		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
4416		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4417	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
4418		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
4419		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
4420		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4421		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
4422		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4423	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
4424		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
4425	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
4426		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4427	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
4428		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4429	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
4430		the envelope From header.
4431	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
4432		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
4433	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
4434		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
4435	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
4436		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
4437		Portal Services, Inc.
4438	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
4439		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
4440		Sun Microsystems.
4441	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
4442	New Files:
4443		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
4444		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
4445		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
4446		contrib/smcontrol.pl
4447		src/control.c
4448
44498.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
4450	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
4451		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
4452		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
4453		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
4454	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
4455		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
4456		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4457		Meteorological Institute.
4458	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
4459		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
4460		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4461	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
4462		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
4463		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
4464		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4465	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4466		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4467	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4468		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4469	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4470		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4471		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4472	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4473		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4474		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4475		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4476	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4477		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
4478		Flextech TV.
4479	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4480		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
4481		DaveLtd Enterprises.
4482	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4483		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
4484		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4485		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4486	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
4487		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4488	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
4489		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4490	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4491		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4492		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4493	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4494		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4495		University.
4496	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4497		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
4498		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4499		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4500		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4501		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4502	Portability:
4503		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4504			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4505			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4506			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4507		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
4508			of BSDI.
4509		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
4510			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4511			PICT Inc.
4512		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
4513			J. P. McCann of E I A.
4514		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
4515			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
4516	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4517		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4518		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4519		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4520	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4521		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4522		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4523	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4524		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
4525		would not accept @@hostname.
4526	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4527		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4528	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4529		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
4530		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4531	New Files:
4532		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4533
45348.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
4535	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4536		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4537		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4538		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
4539		which need the ability to override security can use the
4540		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
4541		information.
4542	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4543		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4544		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4545		world writable directories.
4546	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4547		it is in a world writable directory.
4548	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4549		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4550		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
4551		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4552		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4553	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4554		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4555		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4556	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4557		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4558		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
4559		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4560		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4561		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
4562		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4563		default.
4564	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4565		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4566		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4567		the University of Maryland.
4568	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
4569		of Cal State University, Chico.
4570	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
4571		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4572		current version of Berkeley DB.
4573	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4574		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4575	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4576		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4577		of Maryland.
4578	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4579		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4580		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
4581		Microsystems.
4582	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4583		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4584		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
4585		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4586	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4587		mail.local on the F=z flag.
4588	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
4589		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4590		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
4591		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4592	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4593		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4594		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4595		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4596		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4597	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4598		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4599		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4600		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4601	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4602		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
4603		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4604	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
4605		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4606		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4607	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4608		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4609		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
4610		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4611		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4612		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4613		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
4614		relaying entirely.
4615	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4616		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4617		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4618		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4619	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
4620		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4621		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4622		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4623	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4624		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
4625		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4626		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4627		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4628	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4629		sender for those failures.
4630	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4631		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4632		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4633		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
4634		of Ericsson.
4635	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4636		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4637		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4638		of Procter & Gamble.
4639	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4640		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4641		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4642		of Procter & Gamble.
4643	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
4644		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4645		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
4646		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
4647		DontBlameSendmail options are:
4648			Safe
4649			AssumeSafeChown
4650			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4651			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4652			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4653			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4654			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4655			GroupWritableAliasFile
4656			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4657			WorldWritableAliasFile
4658			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4659			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4660			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4661			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4662			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4663			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4664			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4665			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4666			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4667			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4668			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4669			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4670			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4671			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4672			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4673			WriteMapToHardLink
4674			WriteMapToSymLink
4675			WriteStatsToHardLink
4676			WriteStatsToSymLink
4677			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4678			RunWritableProgram
4679	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4680		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4681		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4682		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4683		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4684	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4685		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4686	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4687		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4688	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4689	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4690		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4691		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4692		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4693		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4694	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4695		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4696		contrast to the success case).
4697	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4698		of the form:
4699			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4700		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4701		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4702		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4703	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4704		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4705		headers.
4706	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4707		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4708		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4709		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4710	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4711		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4712		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4713		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4714		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4715		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4716	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4717		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4718		remote identity can be queried.
4719	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4720		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4721		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4722		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4723	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4724		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4725		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4726		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4727	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4728		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4729		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4730		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4731	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4732		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4733		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4734		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4735		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4736		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4737	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4738		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4739		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4740		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4741		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4742		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4743		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4744	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4745		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4746		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4747	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4748	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4749		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4750	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4751		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4752	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4753		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4754		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4755		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4756	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4757		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4758		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4759		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4760	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4761		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4762		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4763	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4764		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4765		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4766		Institute.
4767	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4768		mail.local.
4769	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4770		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4771		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4772	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4773		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4774		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4775	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4776		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4777		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4778	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4779		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4780	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4781		mailstats command.
4782	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4783		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4784		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4785	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4786		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4787		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4788		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4789	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4790		Ericsson.
4791	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4792		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4793		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4794		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4795	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4796		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4797		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4798		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4799		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4800	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4801		currently supported version.
4802	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4803		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4804	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4805		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4806		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4807		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4808	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4809		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4810		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4811		message in error bounces.
4812	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4813		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4814		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4815	Portability:
4816		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4817			of Kyoto University.
4818		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4819			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4820			Maryland.
4821		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4822		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4823			in Finland.
4824		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4825			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4826			the University of Maryland.
4827		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4828			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4829		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4830			Meteorological Institute.
4831		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4832			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4833		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4834		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4835		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4836		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4837			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4838			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4839			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4840			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4841		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4842			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4843		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4844			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4845			Microsystems.
4846	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4847	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4848		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4849		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4850	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4851		directory for certain programs.
4852	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4853		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4854		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4855		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4856		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4857	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4858		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4859		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4860		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4861	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4862		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4863		the user to setup different .forward files for
4864		user+detail addressing.
4865	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4866		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4867		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4868	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4869		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4870		outside your domain).
4871	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4872		any site to any site.
4873	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4874		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4875	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4876		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4877	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4878		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4879		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4880		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4881		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4882	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4883		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4884	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4885		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4886	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4887		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4888		host names only.
4889	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4890		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4891		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4892		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4893		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4894		needed for most installations.
4895	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4896		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4897		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4898		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4899		the University of Maryland.
4900	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4901		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4902		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4903	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4904		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4905		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4906	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4907		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4908	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4909		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4910	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4911		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4912		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4913		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4914		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4915	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4916		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4917		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4918		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4919		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4920		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4921		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4922	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4923		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4924	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4925		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4926		above for more information.
4927	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4928		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4929		Meteorological Institute.
4930	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4931		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4932		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4933		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4934		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4935	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4936		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4937	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4938		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4939		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4940		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4941	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4942		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4943		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4944		CMU (now of Netscape).
4945	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4946		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4947		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4948		read mail.local/README.
4949	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4950		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4951		University of Maryland.
4952	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4953		University, Chico.
4954	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4955		Meteorological Institute.
4956	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4957		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4958		University of Maryland.
4959	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4960		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4961	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4962	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4963	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4964		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4965		Braunschweig.
4966	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4967		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4968		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4969	Changed Files:
4970		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4971			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4972		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4973	New Files:
4974		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4975		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4976		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4977		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4978		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4979		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4980		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4981		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4982		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4983		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4984		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4985		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4986		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4987		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4988		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4989		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4990		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4991		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4992		BuildTools/README
4993		BuildTools/Site/README
4994		BuildTools/bin/Build
4995		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4996		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4997		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4998		Makefile
4999		cf/cf/Build
5000		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5001		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5002		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5003		cf/feature/access_db.m4
5004		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5005		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5006		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5007		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5008		cf/feature/rbl.m4
5009		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5010		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5011		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5012		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5013		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
5014		contrib/doublebounce.pl
5015		mail.local/Build
5016		mail.local/Makefile.m4
5017		mail.local/README
5018		mailstats/Build
5019		mailstats/Makefile.m4
5020		makemap/Build
5021		makemap/Makefile.m4
5022		praliases/Build
5023		praliases/Makefile.m4
5024		rmail/Build
5025		rmail/Makefile.m4
5026		rmail/rmail.0
5027		smrsh/Build
5028		smrsh/Makefile.m4
5029		src/Build
5030		src/Makefile.m4
5031		src/snprintf.c
5032	Deleted Files:
5033		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5034		mail.local/Makefile
5035		mail.local/Makefile.dist
5036		mailstats/Makefile
5037		mailstats/Makefile.dist
5038		makemap/Makefile
5039		makemap/Makefile.dist
5040		praliases/Makefile
5041		praliases/Makefile.dist
5042		rmail/Makefile
5043		smrsh/Makefile
5044		smrsh/Makefile.dist
5045		src/Makefile
5046		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5047		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5048			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5049		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5050	Renamed Files:
5051		READ_ME => README
5052		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5053		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5054		src/READ_ME => src/README
5055
50568.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
5057	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
5058		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5059		Meteorological Institute.
5060	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
5061		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
5062		Arseneault of SRI International.
5063	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
5064		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
5065		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5066	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
5067		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
5068	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
5069		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
5070		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
5071		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5072	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
5073		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
5074		River Systems.
5075	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
5076		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
5077		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
5078		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
5079		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5080	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
5081		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
5082		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
5083		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
5084		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
5085	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
5086		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
5087		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
5088		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5089	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5090	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
5091		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5092	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
5093		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
5094		results during a single message processing (but would
5095		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
5096		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
5097	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
5098		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5099		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5100	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
5101		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
5102		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5103		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5104	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
5105		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
5106		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
5107		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
5108	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
5109		and the inability to save a bounce message to
5110		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
5111		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
5112		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
5113		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
5114		Associates.
5115	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
5116		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
5117		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
5118		could cause confusing error messages.
5119	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
5120		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
5121		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
5122		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
5123		SuperNet, Inc.
5124	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
5125		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5126	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
5127		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
5128		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5129	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
5130		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
5131		dropped.
5132	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
5133		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
5134		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5135	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
5136		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
5137		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
5138	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
5139		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5140		Institute.
5141	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
5142		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
5143		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
5144		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
5145	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
5146		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
5147		RUS University of Stuttgart.
5148	Minor lint fixes.
5149	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
5150		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
5151		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
5152		of Stanford University.
5153	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
5154		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
5155		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
5156	Portability:
5157		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
5158			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
5159			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
5160			Electronic Data Systems.
5161		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
5162			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
5163		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
5164		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
5165			loader environment variables into the loader memory
5166			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
5167			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
5168			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
5169			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
5170			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
5171		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
5172			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
5173			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
5174			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
5175		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
5176			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5177		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
5178			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
5179		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
5180			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
5181			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
5182			Services.
5183		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
5184			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
5185		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
5186			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
5187			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
5188		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
5189			Services VAS.
5190	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
5191	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
5192	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
5193			Ericsson.
5194
51958.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
5196	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
5197		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
5198		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
5199		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
5200		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
5201		GmbH.
5202	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
5203		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
5204		of Technology, Stockholm.
5205	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
5206		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
5207		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
5208		that these routines are included as though they were in the
5209		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
5210	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
5211		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
5212		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
5213		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
5214	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
5215		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
5216		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
5217		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
5218	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
5219		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
5220		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
5221		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
5222	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
5223	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
5224		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
5225		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
5226	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
5227		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
5228		have to assume that the information is good.
5229	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
5230		open or locked.
5231	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
5232	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
5233		errors during testing.
5234	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
5235		printed in the error message.
5236	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
5237		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
5238	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
5239		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
5240		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
5241	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
5242		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
5243		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
5244	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
5245		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
5246		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
5247		runner runs during a critical section in another message
5248		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
5249		Results Computing.
5250	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
5251		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
5252		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
5253		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
5254		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5255	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
5256		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
5257		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
5258		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
5259		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
5260		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
5261		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
5262		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
5263		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
5264		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
5265		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
5266		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
5267		simultaneously.
5268	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
5269		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
5270	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
5271		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
5272		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5273	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
5274		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
5275		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
5276		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5277	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
5278		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
5279		CSU Chico.
5280	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
5281		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
5282		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
5283		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
5284	Portability:
5285		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
5286			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
5287			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
5288			be used instead.
5289		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
5290			of Argonne National Laboratory.
5291		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5292		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
5293		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
5294			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
5295		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
5296			in Makefiles.
5297		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
5298			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
5299		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
5300			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
5301			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
5302			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
5303			NCR Corp.
5304		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
5305			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5306		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
5307			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
5308			Resource Network
5309		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
5310			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
5311			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
5312			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
5313			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
5314			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
5315		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
5316			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
5317			Corp.
5318		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
5319			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
5320			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
5321		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
5322			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
5323		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
5324			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
5325			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
5326			PlainTalk.
5327	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
5328		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
5329		by Harry Styron.
5330	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
5331		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
5332	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
5333	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
5334		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
5335		changed after open".
5336	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
5337		files.
5338	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
5339	NEW FILES:
5340		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
5341		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
5342		test/t_exclopen.c
5343		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
5344	DELETED FILES:
5345		Makefile
5346
53478.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
5348	    *************************************************************
5349	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
5350	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
5351	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
5352	    * continued sendmail development.				*
5353	    *************************************************************
5354	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
5355		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
5356		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
5357		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
5358		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
5359		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
5360		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
5361		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
5362		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
5363		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
5364		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
5365		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
5366		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
5367		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
5368		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
5369		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
5370	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5371		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5372		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
5373		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
5374		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
5375		another database; this can be used either to expose
5376		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
5377		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
5378		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
5379		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
5380		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
5381		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
5382		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
5383		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
5384		system directories.
5385	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
5386		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
5387		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
5388		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
5389		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
5390		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
5391		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
5392	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
5393		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
5394		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
5395		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
5396		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
5397		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
5398		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
5399		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
5400		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
5401		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
5402		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
5403		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
5404		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
5405		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
5406		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
5407		NFS-mounted filesystems.
5408	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
5409		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
5410		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
5411		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
5412		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
5413		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
5414	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
5415		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
5416		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5417	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
5418		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5419		same host).
5420	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
5421		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
5422		from Theo de Raadt.
5423	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
5424		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
5425		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5426	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
5427		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
5428		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
5429	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
5430		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
5431		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5432	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
5433		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
5434		Microsystems.
5435	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
5436		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
5437		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5438	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
5439		too large) don't send the bogus message.
5440	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
5441		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
5442		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5443	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
5444		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
5445		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
5446	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
5447		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
5448		Shapiro.
5449	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
5450		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
5451		Sun Microsystems.
5452	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
5453		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
5454		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
5455		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
5456		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
5457		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
5458	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
5459		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
5460		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
5461		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
5462		Mercury Mail.
5463	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5464		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5465		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5466		Morgan Stanley.
5467	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5468		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5469		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
5470		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5471	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5472		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5473		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5474		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
5475		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5476		not be run.
5477	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5478		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5479		printing.
5480	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5481		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5482		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5483	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5484		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
5485	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5486	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5487		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
5488		erroneous results during a single message processing
5489		(but would recover when the next message was received).
5490	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5491		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
5492		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5493		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5494		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
5495		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5496		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5497	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5498		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5499		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5500		address as "may be forged".
5501	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5502		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5503		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5504	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5505		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5506		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
5507		of TwinCom.
5508	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5509		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5510		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5511		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5512	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5513		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5514		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5515	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5516		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5517		Institute.
5518	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5519		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
5520		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5521		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5522		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
5523		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5524		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5525		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5526	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5527		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
5528		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5529		book (2nd edition).
5530	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5531		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5532		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
5533		John Beck of SunSoft.
5534	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5535		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5536		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5537	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5538		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5539	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5540		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5541	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
5542		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5543	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
5544		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5545		returns.
5546	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5547		on some architectures.
5548	Portability:
5549		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5550		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5551			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
5552			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5553			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5554			of Washington.
5555		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5556			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5557			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5558		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5559		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5560		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5561		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5562			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5563			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
5564			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5565		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5566		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5567			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5568			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5569			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5570			Cambridge.
5571		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
5572			Kari Hurtta.
5573		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5574			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5575			IRIX Makefile).
5576		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5577			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5578	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5579		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
5580		Brian Candler.
5581	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5582		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5583		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5584	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5585		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5586		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5587	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5588		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
5589		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5590	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5591		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
5592		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5593	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5594		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5595		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5596	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5597		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5598		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5599		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5600		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5601	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5602		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5603		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
5604		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5605	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5606		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5607		was specified, even when it wasn't.
5608	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
5609	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5610		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5611		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
5612		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5613		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5614	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5615		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5616		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
5617		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5618		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5619		developers).
5620	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
5621		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
5622		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5623	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5624		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5625		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5626		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5627	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5628		NEXTSTEP.
5629	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5630		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5631		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
5632		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
5633		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5634	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
5635		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5636		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5637		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5638		for system accounts.
5639	NEW FILES:
5640		src/safefile.c
5641		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5642		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
5643		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5644		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5645		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5646	RENAMED FILES:
5647		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5648		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5649
56508.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
5651	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5652		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5653		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5654	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5655		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5656		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5657	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5658		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5659		University of Pennsylvania.
5660	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5661		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5662		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5663		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5664		was unnecessarily awful.
5665	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5666		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5667		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5668	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5669		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5670		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5671		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5672		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5673		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5674	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5675		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5676	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5677		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5678		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5679	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5680		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5681		Semiconductor Corp.
5682	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5683		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5684		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5685		at Austin.
5686	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5687		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5688		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5689		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5690		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5691	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5692		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5693		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5694		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5695		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5696	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5697		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5698		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5699		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5700		Costales.
5701	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5702		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5703		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5704		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5705		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5706	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5707		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5708		The current values and defaults are:
5709		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5710		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5711		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5712		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5713		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5714	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5715		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5716		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5717	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5718		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5719	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5720		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5721		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5722		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5723		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5724		Eric Hagberg.
5725	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5726		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5727		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5728		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5729	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5730		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5731		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5732		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5733	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5734		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5735		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5736		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5737		Communications.
5738	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5739		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5740		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5741		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5742	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5743		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5744	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5745		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5746	PORTABILITY:
5747		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5748			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5749		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5750			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5751		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5752		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5753			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5754			(Moscow).
5755		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5756		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5757		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5758		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5759		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5760			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5761	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5762		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5763		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5764		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5765		Received: line.
5766	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5767		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5768		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5769		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5770		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5771		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5772	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5773		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5774		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5775		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5776		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5777		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5778		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5779		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5780		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5781		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5782	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5783		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5784		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5785		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5786		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5787	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5788		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5789		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5790	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5791		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5792		Long Beach.
5793
57948.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5795	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5796		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5797		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5798		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5799		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5800		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5801		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5802	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5803		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5804		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5805		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5806		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5807		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5808		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5809		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5810		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5811	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5812		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5813		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5814	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5815		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5816		Problem noted by several people.
5817	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5818		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5819		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5820		by several people.
5821	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5822		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5823	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5824		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5825		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5826		of Best Internet Communications.
5827	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5828		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5829	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5830		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5831		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5832		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5833		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5834	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5835		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5836	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5837		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5838	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5839		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5840	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5841		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5842		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5843		by Roy Mongiovi.
5844	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5845		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5846	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5847		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5848		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5849		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5850		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5851	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5852		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5853		of Kyoto University.
5854	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5855		conditions from Don Lewis.
5856	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5857		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5858		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5859		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5860		patch from Bryan Costales.
5861	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5862		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5863			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5864			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5865			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5866			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5867		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5868			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5869		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5870			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5871		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5872			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5873			of Tokyo.
5874		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5875			Services, Inc.
5876		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5877			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5878			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5879			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5880		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5881			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5882	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5883		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5884	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5885		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5886	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5887		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5888		of NTT Software Corporation.
5889	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5890	NEW FILES:
5891		contrib/etrn.pl
5892
58938.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5894	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5895		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5896		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5897		best-of-security list.
5898	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5899		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5900		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5901		the wrong binary.
5902	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5903		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5904		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5905		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5906		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5907	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5908		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5909		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5910		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5911	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5912		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5913	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5914		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5915		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5916		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5917		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5918		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5919		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5920		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5921		Eric Wassenaar.
5922	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5923		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5924		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5925		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5926		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5927		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5928		UUNET.
5929	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5930		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5931		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5932		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5933		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5934	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5935		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5936		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5937		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5938	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5939		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5940	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5941		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5942		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5943		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5944	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5945		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5946		University of Linkoping.
5947	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5948		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5949		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5950	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5951		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5952		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5953		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5954		other end.
5955	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5956		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5957		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5958	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5959		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5960		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5961		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5962	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5963		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5964			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5965			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5966			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5967		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5968			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5969		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5970			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5971		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5972			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5973			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5974			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5975		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5976			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5977			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5978			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5979			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5980			Earickson of Colby College.
5981		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5982			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5983			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5984			Kari Hurtta.
5985	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5986		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5987		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5988	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5989		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5990		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5991		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5992	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5993		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5994		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5995		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5996		University of Washington, Seattle.
5997	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5998		Polytechnic Institute.
5999	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6000		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6001	NEW FILES:
6002		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6003		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
6004		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6005
60068.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
6007	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6008		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6009	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6010		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6011			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6012			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6013	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6014		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6015	CONFIG: no changes.
6016
60178.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
6018	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6019		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
6020		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6021	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6022		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6023		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
6024		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6025		of WPI.
6026	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6027		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6028		Kyoto University.
6029	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
6030		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6031		on illegal host names.
6032	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6033		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6034		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
6035	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6036		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6037		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6038	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6039		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6040		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6041	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6042		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
6043		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6044	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6045		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6046		University of Leicester.
6047	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6048		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6049		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6050		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
6051		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6052		University of Washington.
6053	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6054		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
6055			people pointed this out.
6056		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
6057		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
6058			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
6059	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
6060		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
6061	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
6062		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
6063		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
6064		Softec.
6065	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
6066		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6067	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
6068		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
6069
60708.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
6071	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
6072		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
6073	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
6074		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
6075		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
6076	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
6077		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
6078		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
6079		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
6080	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
6081		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
6082		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
6083		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
6084		NSC (Japan).
6085	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
6086		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
6087		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6088	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
6089		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
6090		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
6091		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
6092	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
6093		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
6094		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
6095		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
6096		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
6097		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
6098		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
6099		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
6100	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
6101		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
6102	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
6103		printout.
6104	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
6105	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
6106		square braces.
6107	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
6108		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
6109		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
6110	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
6111		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
6112		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
6113		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
6114	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
6115		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
6116		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
6117		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6118	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
6119		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
6120		Dandelion Digital.
6121	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
6122		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
6123	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
6124		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
6125		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
6126	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
6127		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
6128		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6129	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
6130		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
6131	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
6132		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
6133		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
6134		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
6135		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
6136	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
6137		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
6138	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
6139		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
6140		mailers.
6141	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
6142		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
6143		Myers of CMU.
6144	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
6145		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
6146		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
6147		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
6148		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
6149		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
6150	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
6151		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
6152		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
6153		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
6154		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
6155		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
6156		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
6157		parameter.
6158	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
6159		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
6160		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
6161		University of Maryland.
6162	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
6163		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
6164	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
6165		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
6166		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
6167	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
6168		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
6169		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
6170		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
6171		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
6172		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
6173		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
6174	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
6175		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
6176		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
6177		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
6178		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
6179	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
6180		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
6181		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
6182		section 5.2.5.
6183	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
6184		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
6185		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
6186		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
6187		is for incoming connections only.
6188	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
6189		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
6190		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
6191		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
6192		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
6193		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
6194		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
6195		(e.g., due to connection caching).
6196	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
6197		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
6198		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
6199		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
6200		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
6201		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
6202		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
6203		that take a very long time to run.
6204	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
6205		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
6206		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
6207	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
6208		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
6209		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6210	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
6211		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
6212		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6213	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
6214		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
6215		Costales.
6216	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
6217		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
6218		Technologies, Inc.
6219	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
6220		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
6221		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
6222	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
6223		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
6224		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
6225		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
6226		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
6227		different for this case.
6228	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
6229		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
6230		of Stanford University.
6231	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
6232		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
6233		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
6234		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6235	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
6236		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
6237		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
6238	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
6239		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
6240		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6241	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
6242		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
6243		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
6244		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
6245	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
6246		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
6247		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
6248		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
6249		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
6250		Pasteur Institute.
6251	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
6252		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
6253		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
6254		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
6255	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
6256		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
6257		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
6258		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
6259		canonification.
6260	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
6261		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
6262		mailers.
6263	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
6264		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
6265		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
6266		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
6267		either of these in their configuration file.
6268	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
6269		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
6270		St. Peter's College.
6271	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
6272		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
6273	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
6274		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6275	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
6276		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6277	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
6278		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
6279		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
6280		Costales.
6281	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
6282		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
6283		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
6284		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
6285		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
6286		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
6287		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
6288		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
6289		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
6290		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
6291		in rulesets.
6292	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
6293		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
6294		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
6295		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
6296		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
6297		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
6298		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
6299		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
6300	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
6301		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
6302		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
6303		on that basis.
6304	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
6305		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
6306	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
6307		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
6308		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
6309		Vixie.
6310	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
6311		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
6312		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
6313		See also the src/READ_ME file.
6314	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
6315		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
6316		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
6317		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
6318		two characters $, +.
6319	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
6320		debug_dumpstate.
6321	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
6322		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
6323		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
6324		valid recipients.
6325	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
6326		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
6327		noted by Tom May.
6328	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
6329		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
6330		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
6331		Beck of InReference, Inc.
6332	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
6333		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
6334		Computing Corporation.
6335	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
6336		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
6337		Internet Communications.
6338	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
6339		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
6340		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
6341		of Lysator.
6342	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
6343		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
6344		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
6345		of the University of Iceland.
6346	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
6347		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
6348		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
6349		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
6350		this change is a no-op.
6351	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
6352		Costales.
6353	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
6354		Bryan Costales.
6355	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
6356		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
6357	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
6358		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6359	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
6360		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6361	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
6362		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
6363		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
6364		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6365	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
6366		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
6367		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
6368		Jones of UUNET.
6369	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
6370		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
6371		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6372	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
6373		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
6374		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
6375		easily determine what messages are to their role as
6376		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
6377		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
6378	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
6379		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
6380		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
6381		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
6382		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
6383		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
6384		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
6385		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
6386		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
6387		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
6388		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
6389		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
6390	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
6391		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
6392		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
6393		of Stanford University.
6394	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
6395		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
6396		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
6397		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
6398		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
6399		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
6400		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
6401	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
6402		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
6403		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
6404		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
6405		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
6406		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6407	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
6408		Motonori Nakamura.
6409	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
6410		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
6411		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
6412		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
6413	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
6414		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
6415		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
6416		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
6417		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
6418		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
6419		value is ".hoststat".
6420		There are also two new operation modes:
6421		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
6422		    connections.
6423		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
6424		    recent status information.
6425		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
6426		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
6427		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
6428		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
6429		framework is gratefully appreciated.
6430	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
6431		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
6432		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
6433		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
6434		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
6435		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
6436		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
6437		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
6438		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
6439		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
6440		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
6441	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
6442		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
6443		Costales.
6444	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
6445		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6446	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
6447		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
6448		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
6449		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
6450	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
6451		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
6452		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
6453		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
6454		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
6455		Webmasters.
6456	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
6457		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
6458		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
6459		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
6460		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
6461	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
6462		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
6463		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6464		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6465		of Washington, Seattle.
6466	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
6467		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6468		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6469		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6470		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6471		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
6472	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6473		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
6474		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
6475		Nakamura.
6476	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6477		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6478		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6479		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6480		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6481		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6482		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
6483		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6484		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6485		well constrained.
6486	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6487		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
6488		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6489		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6490		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6491	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6492		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6493		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
6494		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6495		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
6496		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6497	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6498		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
6499		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6500	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6501		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
6502		Wolfhugel.
6503	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6504		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6505	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6506		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
6507		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6508	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
6509		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6510	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6511		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
6512		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
6513		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6514		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6515	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6516		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6517		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6518		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6519	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6520		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6521		National University of Singapore.
6522	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
6523		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6524		system can't cope with.
6525	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6526		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6527			Atlas International.
6528		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6529			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
6530		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6531			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6532			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
6533			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6534			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6535			Bernstein and Associates.
6536		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6537			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
6538			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6539		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6540			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6541		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6542			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6543			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6544		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6545			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6546		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6547			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6548		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6549		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6550		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6551			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6552			Institute.
6553		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6554			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6555		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6556		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6557			Employment Standards Administration.
6558		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6559		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6560			Jr.
6561		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6562			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6563		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6564			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6565		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6566		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6567		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6568		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6569			of the University of Arizona.
6570		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
6571			Vanderbilt University.
6572		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6573			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6574			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
6575			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6576	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
6577		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6578	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6579		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6580		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6581		Foundation.
6582	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6583	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6584		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6585		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
6586		Myers of CMU.
6587	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
6588		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
6589		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6590	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
6591		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6592		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6593		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
6594		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6595		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6596		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
6597		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6598	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6599		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6600		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
6601		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6602		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
6603		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6604		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6605	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6606		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6607		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6608		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
6609			info@foo.com	foo-info
6610			info@bar.com	bar-info
6611			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
6612		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6613		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6614		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6615		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
6616		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
6617		a great many people.
6618	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6619		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6620	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6621		"fax" mailer.
6622	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6623		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6624		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6625		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
6626		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
6627		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6628	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6629		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6630		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
6631		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
6632		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6633	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6634		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6635		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
6636		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6637		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
6638		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6639	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6640		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6641		of WPI.
6642	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6643		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
6644		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6645	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6646		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
6647		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6648	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6649		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
6650		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6651		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6652	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6653	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6654		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6655		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6656		by Andreas Luik.
6657	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6658		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6659		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6660	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6661		Wolfhugel.
6662	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6663	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6664		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6665		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6666		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6667		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6668		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6669		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6670	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6671		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6672		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6673		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6674		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6675	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6676		Costales.
6677	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6678	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6679		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6680	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6681	NEW FILES:
6682		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6683		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6684		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6685		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6686		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6687		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6688		mailstats/mailstats.8
6689		praliases/praliases.8
6690		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6691		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6692		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6693		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6694		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6695		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6696		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6697		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6698		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6699		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6700		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6701	DELETED FILES:
6702		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6703		contrib/xla/README
6704		contrib/xla/xla.c
6705	RENAMED FILES:
6706		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6707		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6708		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6709		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6710		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6711
67128.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6713	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6714		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6715		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6716		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6717		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6718	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6719		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6720		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6721
67228.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6723	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6724		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6725		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6726		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6727		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6728		and others.
6729
67308.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6731	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6732		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6733		any user (except root).
6734	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6735		version number is unchanged.
6736
67378.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6738	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6739		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6740		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6741	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6742		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6743		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6744		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6745	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6746		Costales.
6747	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6748		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6749		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6750			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6751			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6752			Stanford University.
6753	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6754		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6755
67568.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6757	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6758		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6759		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6760	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6761		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6762		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6763		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6764		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6765		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6766		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6767	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6768		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6769		by Kari Hurtta.
6770	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6771		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6772		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6773		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6774		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6775		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6776		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6777		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6778		bounces when it should have requeued.
6779	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6780		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6781		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6782		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6783	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6784		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6785		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6786		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6787		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6788		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6789		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6790		Infobiogen.
6791	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6792		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6793		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6794		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6795		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6796	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6797		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6798	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6799		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6800		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6801	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6802		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6803		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6804	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6805		underscores.
6806	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6807		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6808		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6809	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6810		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6811		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6812		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6813	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6814		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6815		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6816		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6817		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6818	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6819		Costales of ICSI.
6820	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6821		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6822		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6823	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6824		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6825		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6826		Technological University.
6827	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6828		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6829		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6830		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6831	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6832		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6833	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6834		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6835	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6836		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6837		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6838		Inc.
6839	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6840		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6841		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6842	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6843		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6844		University.
6845	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6846		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6847		Association for Progressive Communications.
6848	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6849		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6850		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6851		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6852		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6853		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6854		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6855		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6856	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6857		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6858		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6859		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6860	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6861		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6862		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6863		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6864		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6865		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6866	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6867		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6868			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6869			James B. Davis of TCI.
6870		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6871			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6872		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6873			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6874			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6875			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6876			isn't supported on all compilers.
6877		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6878	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6879		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6880	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6881		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6882	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6883		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6884		(France).
6885	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6886		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6887	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6888		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6889		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6890	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6891		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6892		for different files.
6893	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6894		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6895		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6896	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6897		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6898		changes).
6899
69008.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6901	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6902		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6903		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6904		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6905	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6906		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6907		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6908		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6909		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6910		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6911	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6912		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6913		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6914		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6915		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6916		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6917		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6918		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6919		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6920		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6921	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6922		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6923		results.  This could have security implications.
6924	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6925		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6926		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6927	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6928		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6929		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6930		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6931		Elz.
6932	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6933		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6934	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6935		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6936		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6937		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6938		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6939		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6940		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6941		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6942		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6943		domain names are your friends.
6944	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6945		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6946	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6947		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6948	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6949		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6950		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6951		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6952		of TerraNet.
6953	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6954		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6955		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6956		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6957		of WPI.
6958	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6959		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6960			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6961			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6962			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6963			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6964		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6965			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6966		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6967		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6968		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6969			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6970	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6971		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6972		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6973	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6974		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6975		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6976	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6977		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6978		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6979		Infobiogen (France).
6980	NEW FILES:
6981		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6982		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6983		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6984
69858.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6986	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6987		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6988		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6989		Global Communications.
6990	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6991		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6992	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6993		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6994		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6995		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6996		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6997	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6998		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6999		can be confusing.
7000	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7001		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7002	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7003		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7004	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7005		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7006		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7007		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7008		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7009		Maryland.
7010	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7011		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7012		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7013		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
7014		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7015	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7016		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
7017		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
7018		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
7019		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7020	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7021		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7022	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7023		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7024		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7025		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7026	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7027		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7028		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7029		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7030		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7031		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
7032		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7033		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7034		Swarthmore University.
7035	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7036		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7037		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7038		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7039			ruleset.
7040		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7041		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7042			-d debug flag.
7043		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7044		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7045		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7046		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7047			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7048			and the parsed address.
7049		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7050			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7051		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
7052			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7053			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
7054			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
7055			recipients.
7056		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
7057			return the result.
7058		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
7059			`mapname' and return the result.
7060	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
7061		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
7062	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
7063		the header for envelope sender information and uses
7064		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
7065		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
7066		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
7067		that functionality.
7068	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
7069		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
7070		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
7071		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
7072		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
7073		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
7074	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
7075		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
7076		of Michigan Technological University.
7077	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
7078		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
7079		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
7080		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
7081		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
7082		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
7083		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
7084		or not.
7085	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
7086		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
7087		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
7088		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
7089		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
7090		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
7091		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
7092	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
7093		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
7094		should have minimal impact on external function.
7095	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
7096		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
7097			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
7098		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
7099			7	SevenBitInput
7100			8	EightBitMode
7101			A	AliasFile
7102			a	AliasWait
7103			B	BlankSub
7104			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
7105			C	CheckpointInterval
7106			c	HoldExpensive
7107			D	AutoRebuildAliases
7108			d	DeliveryMode
7109			E	ErrorHeader
7110			e	ErrorMode
7111			f	SaveFromLine
7112			F	TempFileMode
7113			G	MatchGECOS
7114			H	HelpFile
7115			h	MaxHopCount
7116			i	IgnoreDots
7117			I	ResolverOptions
7118			J	ForwardPath
7119			j	SendMimeErrors
7120			k	ConnectionCacheSize
7121			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
7122			L	LogLevel
7123			l	UseErrorsTo
7124			m	MeToo
7125			n	CheckAliases
7126			O	DaemonPortOptions
7127			o	OldStyleHeaders
7128			P	PostmasterCopy
7129			p	PrivacyOptions
7130			Q	QueueDirectory
7131			q	QueueFactor
7132			R	DontPruneRoutes
7133			r, T	Timeout
7134			S	StatusFile
7135			s	SuperSafe
7136			t	TimeZoneSpec
7137			u	DefaultUser
7138			U	UserDatabaseSpec
7139			V	FallbackMXHost
7140			v	Verbose
7141			w	TryNullMXList
7142			x	QueueLA
7143			X	RefuseLA
7144			Y	ForkEachJob
7145			y	RecipientFactor
7146			z	ClassFactor
7147			Z	RetryFactor
7148		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
7149		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
7150			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
7151			$l	UnixFromLine
7152			$o	OperatorChars
7153			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
7154		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
7155		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
7156		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
7157		specify "V6" in the configuration.
7158	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
7159		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
7160		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
7161		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
7162		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
7163		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
7164		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
7165		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
7166		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
7167		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7168	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
7169		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
7170		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
7171			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
7172			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
7173		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
7174			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
7175			recipient mailer flags.
7176		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
7177		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
7178			delivery.
7179		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
7180		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
7181		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
7182		    |	Check for |program on this address.
7183		    /	Check for /file on this address.
7184		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
7185			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
7186			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
7187			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
7188		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
7189		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
7190		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
7191	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
7192		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
7193		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
7194		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
7195		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
7196		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
7197		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
7198		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
7199		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
7200		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
7201		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
7202		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
7203		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
7204		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
7205		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
7206		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
7207			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
7208			(essentially, the full MIME option).
7209		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
7210			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
7211		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
7212			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
7213			flag is ignored.
7214		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
7215			the setting of F=8.
7216	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
7217		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
7218		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
7219		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
7220	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
7221		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
7222		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
7223		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
7224	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
7225		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
7226		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
7227		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
7228	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
7229		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
7230		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
7231		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
7232		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
7233		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
7234		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
7235		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
7236	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
7237		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
7238		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
7239		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
7240		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
7241		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
7242		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
7243		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
7244		Unicom.
7245	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
7246		fashion as the U= mailer option.
7247	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
7248		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
7249		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
7250		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
7251		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
7252		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
7253		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
7254		from Chip Rosenthal.
7255	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
7256		For example,
7257		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
7258		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
7259		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
7260		set them both the preferred new syntax is
7261		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
7262		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
7263	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
7264		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
7265		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
7266		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
7267		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
7268		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
7269		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
7270		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
7271		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
7272		contribution was to make it configurable).
7273	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
7274		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
7275		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
7276		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
7277		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
7278		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
7279	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
7280		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
7281		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
7282		I/O redirection.
7283	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
7284		can be confusing.
7285	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
7286		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
7287		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
7288	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
7289	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
7290		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
7291		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
7292		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
7293		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
7294		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
7295		queue-only.
7296	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
7297		:include: and .forward files.
7298	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
7299		key field name, the value field name, and the field
7300		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
7301		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
7302		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
7303	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
7304		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7305	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
7306		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
7307		Sun Microsystems.
7308	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
7309		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
7310		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
7311		Hutton of Indiana University.
7312	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
7313		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
7314		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
7315		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
7316		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
7317		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7318	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
7319		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
7320		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
7321		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
7322		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
7323		as comments.
7324	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
7325		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
7326		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
7327		are from sysexits.h.
7328	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
7329		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
7330		    Kmap1 ...
7331		    Kmap2 ...
7332		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
7333		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
7334		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
7335		map2 is searched and the value returned.
7336	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
7337		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
7338		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
7339		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
7340		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
7341		For example, if the declaration of the map is
7342		    Ksample switch hosts
7343		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
7344		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
7345		equivalent to
7346		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
7347		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
7348	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
7349		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
7350		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
7351		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
7352		the -m (matchonly) flag.
7353	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
7354		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
7355		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
7356	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
7357		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
7358		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
7359		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
7360	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
7361		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
7362		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
7363		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
7364		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
7365		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
7366		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
7367		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
7368		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
7369	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
7370		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
7371		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
7372		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
7373		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
7374	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
7375		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
7376		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
7377		an /etc/hosts entry reads
7378		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
7379		this change will use the second name as the canonical
7380		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
7381	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
7382		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
7383		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
7384		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
7385		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
7386		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
7387	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
7388		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
7389		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
7390		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
7391		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
7392		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
7393		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
7394	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
7395		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
7396		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
7397	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
7398		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
7399		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
7400		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
7401	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
7402		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
7403		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
7404		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
7405		much longer than the specified timeout.
7406	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
7407		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
7408		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
7409		denial-of-service attack.
7410	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
7411		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
7412		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7413	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
7414		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
7415		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
7416		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
7417		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
7418		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
7419		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
7420		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
7421		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
7422		actually file lookups.
7423	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
7424		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
7425		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
7426		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
7427	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
7428		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
7429		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
7430		support for them has been removed.
7431	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
7432		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
7433		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
7434	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
7435		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
7436		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
7437		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
7438	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
7439		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
7440		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
7441	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
7442		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
7443		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
7444	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
7445		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
7446		also improves the connection cache utilization.
7447	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
7448		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
7449		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
7450	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
7451		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
7452		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
7453		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
7454		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
7455		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
7456		Microsystems.
7457	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
7458		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
7459		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
7460		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
7461		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
7462		option can give the network software time to establish
7463		the link.  The default units are seconds.
7464	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7465		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7466		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7467		Defense Information Systems Agency.
7468	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7469		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
7470		the National Computer Security Center.
7471	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7472		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7473		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7474		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
7475		the mailprio scripts (see below).
7476	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7477		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7478		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
7479		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7480		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7481		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
7482		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
7483		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7484		University Computing Service.
7485	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7486		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
7487		the University of Kentucky.
7488	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7489		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7490		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7491	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
7492		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7493	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7494		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7495		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7496		Corporation.
7497	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7498		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7499		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7500		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7501	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7502		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7503		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
7504		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7505		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7506		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7507		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7508	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7509		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
7510		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7511	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7512		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
7513		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
7514		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7515	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7516		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7517		Communications.
7518	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7519		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7520		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
7521		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7522		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7523	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7524		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7525		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
7526		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7527		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7528	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7529		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7530	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7531		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
7532		on values:
7533		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
7534					message will be passed on even
7535					though it is in technically
7536					illegal syntax.
7537		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
7538					recipients that it can find from
7539					the envelope.  This risks exposing
7540					Bcc: recipients.
7541		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
7542					has almost no redeeming social value,
7543					and is provided only for back
7544					compatibility.
7545		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
7546					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7547					which will have the effect of
7548					making the message legal without
7549					exposing Bcc: recipients.
7550		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
7551					There is a chance that mailers down
7552					the line will delete this header,
7553					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7554					recipients.
7555		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7556	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
7557		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7558		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7559		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7560		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7561	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
7562		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7563		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7564		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7565		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7566		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7567		For example, if you run with
7568			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7569		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
7570		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7571		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7572		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7573	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7574		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
7575			list: member1
7576			list: member2
7577		and an alias file declared as:
7578			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7579		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7580		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7581		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7582	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7583	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7584		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
7585		Johannesen.
7586	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7587		to be simpler and more consistent.
7588	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
7589		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7590		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7591		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7592	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7593		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7594		This may affect some people who have written their own
7595		checkcompat() routine.
7596	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
7597		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7598		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7599	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7600		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7601		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7602		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7603	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7604		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7605		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7606		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7607		Corporation.
7608	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7609		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7610		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7611		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7612		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
7613		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7614		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
7615		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7616	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7617		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
7618		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7619	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7620		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7621		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7622	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7623		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7624		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7625	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7626		the header.
7627	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7628	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7629		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
7630		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7631	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7632		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7633		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7634		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7635		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
7636		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7637	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
7638		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7639		is added between the first and second word of the first
7640		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7641		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7642		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7643		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7644		old sendmails understand.
7645	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7646		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
7647	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7648		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7649		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
7650		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7651		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7652		data -- for example,
7653		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7654					(romanized/less information)
7655		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7656					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7657					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7658		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7659					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7660		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7661		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7662	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7663		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7664		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7665		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7666		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7667		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7668		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7669	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7670		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7671		increment on the background value).
7672	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7673		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7674		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7675	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7676		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7677		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7678	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7679		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7680		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7681		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7682		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7683	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7684		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7685		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7686		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7687		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7688		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7689		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7690		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7691		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7692	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7693		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7694		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7695		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7696		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7697		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7698		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7699	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7700		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7701		service type is "files".
7702	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7703		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7704		into class "c".
7705	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7706		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7707		contributed by SunSoft.
7708	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7709		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7710		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7711		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7712		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7713		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7714		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7715		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7716		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7717		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7718	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7719		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7720		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7721		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7722	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7723		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7724		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7725		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7726		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7727		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7728		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7729	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7730		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7731	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7732		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7733		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7734	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7735		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7736		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7737		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7738		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7739		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7740		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7741		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7742		flags.
7743	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7744		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7745		Motonori Nakamura.
7746	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7747		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7748		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7749		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7750		of MIT.
7751	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7752		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7753	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7754		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7755		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7756		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7757		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7758		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7759		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7760		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7761		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7762	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7763		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7764		the make.
7765	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7766		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7767		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7768		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7769	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7770		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7771		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7772		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7773		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7774		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7775	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7776		of Sun Microsystems.
7777	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7778		is at least 50% faster.
7779	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7780		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7781		University.
7782	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7783		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7784	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7785		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7786		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7787		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7788	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7789		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7790		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7791	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7792		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7793		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7794		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7795		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7796		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7797	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7798		Carnegie Mellon.
7799	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7800		support.
7801	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7802		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7803		Global Information Solutions.
7804	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7805		From Motonori Nakamura.
7806	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7807		Motonori Nakamura.
7808	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7809		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7810	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7811		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7812		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7813		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7814		James of British Telecom.
7815	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7816		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7817	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7818		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7819		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7820		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7821		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7822		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7823		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7824	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7825		a bad guy can read your private files.
7826	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7827		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7828		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7829			University.  This expands the disk size
7830			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7831		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7832			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7833		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7834			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7835		Linux Makefile typo.
7836		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7837			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7838		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7839			University, Chico.
7840		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7841			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7842			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7843			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7844			This requires adaptation of code that really
7845			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7846			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7847		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7848			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7849		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7850			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7851		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7852			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7853			problems.
7854		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7855			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7856			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7857		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7858			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7859		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7860			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7861		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7862			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7863			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7864			Wemm of DIALix.
7865		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7866			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7867			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7868			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7869			of Ohio State University.
7870		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7871			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7872			University.
7873		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7874			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7875			Mainz.
7876		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7877		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7878			wrong statfs call).
7879		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7880		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7881			University.
7882		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7883		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7884			Rochester Medical Center.
7885		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7886			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7887			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7888			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7889			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7890		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7891			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7892			Division.
7893		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7894			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7895		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7896			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7897		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7898			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7899		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7900		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7901			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7902		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7903		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7904		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7905		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7906		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7907			of Meteo France.
7908		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7909		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7910		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7911		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7912		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7913		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7914		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7915		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7916		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7917		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7918			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7919		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7920			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7921		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7922			of Colorado.
7923		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7924	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7925		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7926		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7927	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7928		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7929		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7930		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7931	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7932		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7933		giving the local administrator more control over what
7934		programs can be run from sendmail.
7935	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7936		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7937		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7938		never will.
7939	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7940		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7941		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7942	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7943		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7944		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7945		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7946		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7947	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7948		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7949	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7950		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7951		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7952		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7953			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7954		or
7955			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7956		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7957		can use:
7958			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7959		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7960		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7961		compatibility.
7962	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7963		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7964	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7965		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7966	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7967		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7968		County.
7969	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7970	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7971		just unqualified ones.
7972	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7973		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7974	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7975		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7976	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7977		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7978		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7979		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7980		centralized hub.
7981	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7982	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7983		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7984		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7985	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7986		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7987		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7988		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7989		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7990	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7991		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7992		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7993	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7994		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7995		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7996		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7997		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7998		but it is a no-op.
7999	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8000		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8001		as User Unknown.
8002	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8003		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8004		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
8005		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8006	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8007		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8008		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
8009	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8010		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8011		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8012		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8013	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8014		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
8015		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8016	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8017	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
8018		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8019	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8020		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8021		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8022		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8023	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8024		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8025		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8026		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
8027		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8028		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
8029		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8030		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8031	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8032		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8033		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
8034		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8035		assumed.
8036	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8037		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8038		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8039		Information Systems Agency.
8040	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8041		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8042		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8043	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8044		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8045		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8046		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
8047		that really can be used in the real world.
8048	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8049		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8050		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8051	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8052		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8053	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8054		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8055		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
8056		by Scott Hutton.
8057	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
8058		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
8059	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
8060		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
8061		people.
8062	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
8063		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
8064	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
8065		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
8066		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
8067	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
8068		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
8069		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
8070	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
8071		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
8072		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
8073		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
8074	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
8075		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
8076		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
8077		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
8078		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
8079		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
8080	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
8081		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
8082		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
8083	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
8084		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
8085		by Kimmo Suominen.
8086	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
8087		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
8088		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
8089	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
8090		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
8091	NEW FILES:
8092		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
8093		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
8094		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
8095		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
8096		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
8097		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
8098		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
8099		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
8100		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
8101		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
8102		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
8103		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
8104		cf/domain/generic.m4
8105		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
8106		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
8107		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
8108		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
8109		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
8110		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
8111		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
8112		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
8113		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
8114		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
8115		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
8116		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
8117		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
8118		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
8119		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
8120		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
8121		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
8122		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
8123		contrib/bsdi.mc
8124		contrib/mailprio
8125		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
8126		mail.local/mail.local.0
8127		makemap/makemap.0
8128		smrsh/README
8129		smrsh/smrsh.0
8130		smrsh/smrsh.8
8131		smrsh/smrsh.c
8132		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
8133		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
8134		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
8135		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
8136		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
8137		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
8138		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
8139		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
8140		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
8141		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
8142		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
8143		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
8144		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
8145		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
8146		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
8147		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
8148		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
8149		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
8150		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
8151		src/aliases.0
8152		src/mailq.0
8153		src/mime.c
8154		src/newaliases.0
8155		src/sendmail.0
8156		test/t_seteuid.c
8157	RENAMED FILES:
8158		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
8159		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
8160		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
8161		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
8162		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
8163		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
8164		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
8165		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
8166		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
8167		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8168		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8169		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
8170		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
8171		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
8172		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
8173		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
8174		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
8175		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
8176		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
8177		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
8178		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
8179	OBSOLETED FILES:
8180		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
8181		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
8182		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
8183		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
8184		cf/cf/knecht.mc
8185		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
8186		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
8187		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
8188		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8189		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
8190		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
8191		contrib/rcpt-streaming
8192		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8193
81948.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
8195	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
8196		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
8197		any user (except root).
8198	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
8199		version number is unchanged.
8200
82018.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
8202	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
8203		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
8204		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
8205		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
8206		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
8207		each other!).
8208	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
8209		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
8210		than fork().
8211
82128.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
8213	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
8214		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
8215	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
8216		message when attempted from IDENT.
8217	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
8218		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
8219		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
8220		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
8221	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
8222		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
8223		partial lines.
8224	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
8225		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
8226		Rob McMahon.
8227	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
8228		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
8229		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
8230		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
8231	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
8232		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
8233		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
8234		Novell Labs Europe.
8235	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
8236		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
8237		Cal State Chico.
8238	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
8239		*Hobbit*.
8240	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
8241		and Liudvikas Bukys.
8242	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
8243		from Spider Boardman.
8244	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8245		with the binaries).
8246
82478.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
8248	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
8249		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
8250	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
8251		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
8252		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
8253		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
8254		implications.
8255	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
8256		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
8257		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
8258		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
8259	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
8260		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
8261		University of Texas.
8262	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
8263		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
8264		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
8265		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
8266	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
8267		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
8268		Data General.
8269	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
8270		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
8271		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
8272	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
8273		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
8274		with a lot of arguments).
8275	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
8276		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
8277		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
8278		Michigan.
8279	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
8280		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
8281		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
8282		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
8283		Thibault.
8284	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
8285		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
8286		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
8287		some of the map code.
8288	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
8289		with the binaries).
8290
82918.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
8292	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
8293		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
8294		may have some security implications.
8295	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
8296		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
8297		Hill of the University of Iowa.
8298	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
8299		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
8300	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
8301		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
8302	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
8303	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
8304		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
8305		option.
8306	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
8307		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
8308		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
8309		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
8310		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
8311		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
8312		Rochester.
8313	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
8314		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
8315		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
8316	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
8317		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
8318		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
8319	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
8320		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
8321		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
8322	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
8323		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
8324		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
8325		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
8326		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
8327		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
8328		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
8329		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
8330		messages.
8331	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
8332		message to explain how much space was available and
8333		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
8334		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
8335	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
8336		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
8337		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
8338		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
8339		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
8340		moves things more towards what will probably become a
8341		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
8342		Kapor Enterprises.
8343	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
8344		without recompiling.
8345	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
8346		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
8347		purely cosmetic.
8348	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
8349		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
8350		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
8351	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
8352		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
8353		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
8354		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
8355		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
8356		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
8357		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
8358	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
8359		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
8360		Wolfhugel.
8361	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
8362		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
8363		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
8364		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
8365		refused" response, and that the connection can be
8366		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
8367		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
8368		size around and can never start listening to connections
8369		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
8370		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
8371		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
8372		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
8373		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
8374		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
8375		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
8376		implications.
8377	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
8378		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8379	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
8380		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
8381		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
8382	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
8383		doc directory.  This includes some additional
8384		information.
8385	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
8386		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
8387		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
8388		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
8389		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
8390		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
8391		loop the mail, which was bad news.
8392	Portability fixes:
8393		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
8394		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8395		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
8396		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
8397		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8398		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
8399			Newcastle upon Tyne.
8400		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
8401			Corporation.
8402		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
8403		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
8404			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8405		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
8406	New Files:
8407		src/Makefile.CLIX
8408		src/Makefile.NCR3000
8409		doc/changes/Makefile
8410		doc/changes/changes.me
8411		doc/changes/changes.ps
8412
84138.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
8414	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
8415		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
8416		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
8417
84188.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
8419	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
8420		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
8421		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
8422		list.
8423
84248.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
8425	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
8426		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
8427		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
8428		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
8429		valid shell.
8430	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
8431		in the connection cache for a long time under some
8432		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
8433		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
8434		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
8435		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
8436	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
8437		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
8438		from a local user to another local user.  From
8439		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8440	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
8441		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
8442		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8443	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
8444		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
8445		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
8446		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
8447		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
8448		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
8449		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
8450		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
8451		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
8452	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
8453		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
8454		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
8455	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
8456		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
8457		BSD-like system.
8458	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
8459		protocol entirely.
8460	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
8461		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
8462		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8463		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
8464		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8465	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8466	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8467		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8468		files.
8469	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8470		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
8471		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8472	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
8473		of CMU.
8474	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8475		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8476		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
8477	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
8478		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8479		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8480		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8481	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8482		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
8483		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8484		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8485		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
8486		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8487	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8488		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
8489	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8490		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
8491		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8492		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
8493		Motonori Nakamura.
8494	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8495		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8496		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8497	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8498		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8499		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
8500		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8501	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8502		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8503		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8504	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8505		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
8506		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8507	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8508		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8509		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8510		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8511	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8512		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8513		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
8514		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8515	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8516		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8517		didn't see the class items being added.
8518	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8519		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8520		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
8521		Rutgers.
8522	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8523		but sets h_errno to a success value.
8524	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8525		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8526		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
8527		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8528		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8529		the problem myself.
8530	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8531		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8532		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8533		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8534	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8535		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8536		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
8537		UUNET.
8538	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8539		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
8540		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
8541		John Oleynick.
8542	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8543		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
8544		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8545	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8546		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
8547		Nakamura.
8548	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8549		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8550		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8551		University of Washington.
8552	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8553		don't have an ``=value'' part.
8554	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8555		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
8556		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8557		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8558		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8559		of Cambridge University.
8560	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8561		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8562		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8563	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8564		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8565		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8566	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8567		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
8568		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8569		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8570		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8571		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
8572		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8573		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8574		a chance.
8575	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8576		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8577	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8578		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8579		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8580		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
8581		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8582		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
8583		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8584		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8585	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
8586		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8587	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8588	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8589		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8590		size for various mailers.
8591	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8592		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8593		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8594	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8595		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8596		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8597	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8598	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8599		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
8600		system.
8601	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8602		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
8603		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8604	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8605		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
8606		Michel of Thomson CSF.
8607	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8608		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8609		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8610		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8611		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8612		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8613		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8614		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
8615		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8616		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8617		University of Sydney.
8618	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8619		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8620		This is because of the known bug where definition of
8621		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8622		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8623	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8624		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8625		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
8626		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
8627		Suominen.
8628	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8629		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8630		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8631		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8632	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
8633		Suominen.
8634	Portability fixes:
8635		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8636		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8637		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8638		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8639		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8640		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8641		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8642		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8643		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8644	NEW FILES:
8645		src/Makefile.DomainOS
8646		src/Makefile.PTX
8647		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8648		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8649		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8650		src/mailq.1
8651		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8652		doc/op/Makefile
8653		doc/intro/Makefile
8654		doc/usenix/Makefile
8655
86568.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8657	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8658		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8659		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8660	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8661		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8662		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8663		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8664		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8665	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8666		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8667		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8668		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8669		Christian Wettergren.
8670	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8671		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8672		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8673		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8674		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8675		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8676		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8677		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8678		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8679		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8680		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8681		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8682		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8683		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8684	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8685		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8686		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8687		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8688	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8689		connection to create problems on the current job.
8690		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8691		the wrong place.
8692	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8693		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8694		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8695		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8696	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8697		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8698	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8699		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8700		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8701	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8702		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8703		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8704		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8705		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8706	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8707		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8708		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8709	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8710		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8711		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8712	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8713		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8714	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8715		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8716		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8717		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8718	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8719		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8720		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8721	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8722		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8723		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8724	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8725		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8726		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8727	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8728		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8729		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8730		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8731		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8732		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8733	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8734		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8735		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8736		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8737	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8738		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8739		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8740		dot convention.
8741	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8742		of from a clean exit.
8743	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8744		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8745		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8746	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8747		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8748		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8749		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8750	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8751		Jones of UUNET.
8752	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8753		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8754		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8755		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8756	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8757		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8758		says that they should be ignored.
8759	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8760		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8761		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8762		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8763		is not reentrant.
8764	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8765		documented in the Bat Book.
8766	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8767		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8768		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8769		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8770	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8771		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8772		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8773		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8774		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8775	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8776		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8777	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8778		of Kyoto University.
8779	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8780		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8781	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8782		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8783	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8784		Bryan Costales.
8785	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8786		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8787	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8788		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8789		Nakamura.
8790	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8791		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8792		illegal addresses appearing there).
8793	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8794		BB&N.
8795	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8796		included.
8797	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8798		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8799	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8800		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8801		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8802		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8803	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8804		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8805	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8806		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8807		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8808	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8809		to include a host name or other useful information.
8810	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8811		DeMarco.
8812	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8813		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8814		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8815		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8816		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8817	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8818		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8819	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8820		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8821		this properly).
8822	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8823		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8824		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8825	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8826		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8827		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8828		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8829		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8830		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8831		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8832		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8833	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8834		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8835		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8836		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8837		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8838		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8839		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8840	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8841		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8842		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8843		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8844	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8845		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8846	Portability fixes for:
8847		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8848		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8849		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8850		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8851		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8852			of Stoner Associates.
8853		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8854		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8855			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8856			of Maryland.
8857		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8858		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8859		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8860		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8861		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8862		RISC/os.
8863		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8864			at Chico.
8865		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8866		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8867		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8868			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8869			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8870	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8871		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8872		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8873		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8874		addresses when relaying internally.
8875	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8876		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8877		provided by Peter Wemm.
8878	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8879		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8880		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8881	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8882		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8883	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8884		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8885		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8886		names.
8887	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8888		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8889		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8890	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8891		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8892		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8893		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8894		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8895	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8896		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8897	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8898	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8899		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8900		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8901		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8902		of Georgia Tech.
8903	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8904		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8905	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8906		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8907		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8908		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8909		the local name prepended.
8910	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8911	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8912	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8913		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8914	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8915		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8916		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8917	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8918		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8919			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8920		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8921			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8922			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8923			cause some .forward files that have worked
8924			before to start failing.
8925		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8926	NEW FILES:
8927		src/Makefile.DGUX
8928		src/Makefile.Dynix
8929		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8930		src/Makefile.Mach386
8931		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8932		src/Makefile.RISCos
8933		src/Makefile.SCO
8934		src/Makefile.SVR4
8935		src/Makefile.Titan
8936		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8937		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8938		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8939		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8940		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8941		makemap/Makefile.dist
8942		praliases/Makefile.dist
8943
89448.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8945	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8946		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8947		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8948	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8949		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8950		class of attack.
8951	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8952		in a few critical places.
8953	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8954		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8955		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8956		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8957		and High-Energy Physics.
8958	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8959		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8960		Eric Wassenaar.
8961	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8962		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8963		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8964		Wassenaar.
8965	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8966		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8967		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8968		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8969	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8970		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8971		these can have different values depending on which
8972		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8973	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8974		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8975	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8976		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8977		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8978		postmaster" case.
8979	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8980	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8981		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8982	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8983		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8984		Christopher Davis.
8985	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8986		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8987		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8988		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8989	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8990		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8991
89928.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8993	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8994		addresses that get return-receipts.
8995	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8996		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8997		and end up sending the message several times.
8998	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8999		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9000		four hours".
9001	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9002		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
9003		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9004		Cornell University Medical College.
9005	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9006		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9007		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9008		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
9009		Wassenaar.
9010	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9011		connections fail during message collection.  From
9012		Eric Wassenaar.
9013	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9014		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9015		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9016		Stratus.
9017	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9018		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
9019		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9020	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9021		by non-root users were not put into
9022		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9023		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
9024		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9025	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9026		could get confused as to whether a database was
9027		open or not.
9028	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9029		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9030		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
9031		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9032		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9033	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9034		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9035		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9036	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9037
90388.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
9039	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9040	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9041		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9042		propagated to the queue file.
9043
90448.6/8.6		1993/10/05
9045	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9046		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9047	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9048		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9049		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9050		header files but don't have the syscall.
9051	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9052		if trymx == FALSE.
9053	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9054		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9055		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
9056		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9057	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
9058		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9059	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
9060		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
9061		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
9062		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
9063		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
9064		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
9065		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
9066	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
9067		Kanbe.
9068	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
9069		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
9070		Wisner of The Well.
9071	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
9072		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
9073	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
9074		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
9075		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
9076		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
9077		files that you should be able to read but have previously
9078		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
9079		read permission.
9080	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
9081		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
9082		MX suppression will still work.
9083	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
9084		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
9085		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
9086		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9087	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
9088		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
9089		Nakamura.
9090	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
9091		"CX $Z" works.
9092	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
9093		trying to send the original message if the connection
9094		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
9095		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
9096		by John Myers of CMU.
9097	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
9098		term bug.
9099	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
9100		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
9101		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
9102		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
9103		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
9104		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
9105	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
9106	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
9107		ruleset testing a bit easier.
9108	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
9109		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
9110		level.
9111	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
9112		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
9113		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
9114		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
9115		address.
9116	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
9117		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
9118		Harvey Mudd College.
9119	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
9120		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
9121		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
9122		their full name information.
9123	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
9124		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
9125		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
9126	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
9127		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
9128	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
9129		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
9130		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
9131		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9132	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
9133		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
9134		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
9135		PC TCP/IP implementations.
9136	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
9137		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
9138		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
9139		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
9140		names.
9141	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
9142		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
9143		helpful.
9144	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
9145		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
9146		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
9147		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9148	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
9149		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
9150		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
9151	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
9152		that claims to be itself works properly.
9153	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
9154		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
9155		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
9156		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
9157	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
9158		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
9159		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9160	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
9161		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
9162		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
9163		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
9164		scratch.
9165	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
9166		true address to still send to the original address
9167		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
9168		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
9169		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
9170	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
9171		more trouble than it was worth.
9172	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
9173		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
9174		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
9175	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
9176		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
9177		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
9178	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
9179		the queue.
9180	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
9181		messages don't come out with stale information.
9182	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
9183		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
9184	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
9185		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
9186		Myers of CMU.
9187	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
9188		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
9189		Corrigan.
9190	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
9191		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
9192		sender address.
9193	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
9194	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
9195	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
9196		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
9197		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
9198		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
9199		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
9200		that does bulk data transfer).
9201	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
9202		Amir Plivatsky.
9203	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
9204		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
9205		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
9206		bogus config files that were not caught.
9207	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
9208		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
9209	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
9210		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
9211		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
9212	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
9213		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
9214	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
9215		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
9216		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
9217		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
9218	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
9219		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
9220	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
9221		opened or if running with no database format defined.
9222	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
9223		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9224	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
9225		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
9226		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
9227		Melbourne.
9228	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
9229		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
9230		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
9231		to match regular entries.
9232	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
9233		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
9234	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
9235		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
9236	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
9237		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
9238		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
9239	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
9240		error message so that the "subject" line of return
9241		messages is the best possible.
9242	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
9243		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
9244		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
9245	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
9246		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
9247	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
9248		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
9249	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
9250		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
9251	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
9252	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
9253		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
9254		on the address.
9255	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
9256		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
9257		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
9258		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
9259		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9260	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
9261	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
9262	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
9263		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
9264		addresses in any detail.
9265	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
9266		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
9267	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
9268		with an address such as "!foo".
9269	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
9270		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
9271		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
9272		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
9273		Bret Marquis.
9274
92758.5/8.5		1993/07/23
9276	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
9277		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
9278		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
9279		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
9280	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
9281		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
9282		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
9283		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
9284		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
9285		Nakamura.
9286	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
9287		are no DNS records matching the name.
9288	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
9289		original message was received ... from localhost".
9290		The correct original host information is now included.
9291	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
9292		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
9293		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
9294	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
9295		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
9296	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
9297		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
9298		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
9299		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
9300		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
9301		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
9302		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
9303		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
9304
93058.4/8.4		1993/07/22
9306	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
9307		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
9308		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
9309		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
9310		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
9311		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
9312		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
9313		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
9314		are really configuration errors.  This option is
9315		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
9316		UIUC sendmail.
9317	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
9318		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
9319		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
9320		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
9321		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
9322		by Neil Rickert.
9323	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
9324		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
9325		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
9326		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
9327		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
9328		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
9329		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
9330		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
9331		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
9332		of dickering with error handling (see below).
9333	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
9334		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
9335		humans.
9336	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
9337		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
9338	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
9339		repaired).
9340	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
9341		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
9342		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
9343		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
9344	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
9345		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
9346		connection rather than sending QUIT.
9347	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
9348		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
9349		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
9350		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
9351		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9352	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
9353		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
9354		core dumps on some machines.
9355	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
9356		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
9357		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
9358		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
9359		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
9360		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
9361		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
9362		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
9363		some true error conditions.
9364	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
9365		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
9366		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
9367		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
9368	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
9369		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
9370		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
9371		by Motonori Nakamura.
9372	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
9373		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
9374		caused error messages to be handled differently during
9375		a queue run than a direct run.
9376	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
9377		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
9378		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
9379	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
9380		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
9381		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
9382		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
9383		restart it.
9384	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
9385		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
9386		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
9387		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
9388		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
9389		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
9390		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
9391		is appropriately functional.
9392	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
9393		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
9394		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
9395		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
9396	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
9397		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
9398		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
9399		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
9400		Technologies.
9401	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
9402		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
9403		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
9404		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
9405		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
9406		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
9407		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
9408		things.
9409	Portability changes:
9410		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
9411			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
9412			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
9413			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
9414			of Colorado.
9415		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
9416			help other strict ANSI compilers.
9417		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
9418			Corporation.
9419		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
9420			documentation apparently doesn't define
9421			__STDC__ by default).
9422		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
9423		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
9424			Motonori Nakamura.
9425	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
9426	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
9427		several people have made a good argument that this
9428		creates more problems than it solves (although this
9429		may prove painful in the short run).
9430	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
9431		format.
9432	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
9433		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
9434		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
9435	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
9436		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
9437		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
9438		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
9439		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
9440	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
9441		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
9442		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
9443		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
9444	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
9445		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
9446		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
9447		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9448	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
9449		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
9450		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
9451		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
9452		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
9453	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
9454		environments.  Ugly as sin.
9455
94568.3/8.3		1993/07/13
9457	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
9458		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
9459		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
9460		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
9461		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
9462		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9463		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
9464		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9465		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9466	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9467		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
9468		"user friendly".
9469	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9470		16 bytes/sec.
9471	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9472		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
9473		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9474		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9475		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9476		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
9477		for quick test cases.
9478	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9479		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9480		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9481		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9482	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9483		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9484		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
9485	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9486		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
9487		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9488		From Michael Corrigan.
9489	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9490		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
9491		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9492	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9493		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9494		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9495	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9496		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
9497		Christophe Wolfhugel.
9498	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9499
95008.2/8.2		1993/07/11
9501	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9502	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9503		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
9504		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9505	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
9506	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9507		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9508		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
9509		from Bill Wisner.
9510	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9511		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9512	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
9513		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9514		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9515	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9516		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9517		match the other flags in that file.
9518	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
9519	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9520		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9521	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9522		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9523		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9524	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9525		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9526	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9527		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9528		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
9529	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9530		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9531		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9532	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9533		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
9534		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9535		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
9536		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9537	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9538		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9539		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9540		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9541		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9542		the root and directories leading up to your home);
9543		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9544		be owned by you.
9545	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9546		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9547		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9548		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9549	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9550	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9551	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9552		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
9553		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9554		is separate; this is just intended to work around
9555		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9556		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9557	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9558		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9559		matching without a null it never tries again with a
9560		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
9561		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9562		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
9563		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
9564		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9565		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9566		it adapts.
9567	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9568		will insert the appropriate full name information;
9569		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9570		way.
9571	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9572		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9573		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9574	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9575		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9576		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9577		only happen when there has been another error in the
9578		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
9579		by default in conf.h.
9580	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9581		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
9582		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9583		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9584		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9585		This output is not intended to be particularly human
9586		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9587		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9588	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
9589		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9590		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9591		See cf/README for an example.
9592	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9593		sites that don't use the -d flag.
9594	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9595		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9596		has been requested by several people, but can break
9597		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9598		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9599		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9600		broken.  Use it sparingly.
9601	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
9602		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
9603		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9604	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
9605		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9606		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
9607		Bill Wisner of The Well.
9608	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9609		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
9610		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9611
96128.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
9613	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9614		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9615	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9616		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9617		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9618	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9619
96208.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
9621	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9622		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
9623		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9624
96258.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
9626	Another mailertable fix....
9627
96288.1/8.1		1993/06/07
9629	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
9630